1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
396 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
397 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
399 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Reconfiguration of LyX
412 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
415 \begin_layout Section
417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
419 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
426 \begin_layout Standard
427 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
428 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
451 that will be created when using the menu
453 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
473 \begin_inset Note Note
476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
477 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
485 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
486 More about TeX Code is described in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
497 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
504 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
518 Reconfiguration of LyX
526 \begin_layout Chapter
530 \begin_layout Section
531 Basic File Operations
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
544 \begin_layout Standard
549 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
550 in addition to some more advanced operations:
553 \begin_layout Itemize
557 \begin_inset Graphics
558 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
566 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
590 \begin_inset Graphics
591 filename ../images/file-open.png
592 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
599 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
620 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_inset Graphics
673 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Standard
688 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
689 a few minor differences.
692 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
707 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
708 you for a template to use.
709 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
710 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
711 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
719 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
726 \begin_layout Standard
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
752 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
755 \begin_layout Standard
776 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
781 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
806 will reload the document from disk.
807 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
808 and want to restore it to the last save.
817 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
818 can identify this as your changes.
821 \begin_layout Section
822 Basic Editing Features
826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
835 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
844 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
845 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
846 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
848 We'll start with cut and paste.
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 As you might expect, the
856 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
857 various other editing features.
858 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
862 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_inset Graphics
869 filename ../images/cut.png
870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
877 \begin_layout Itemize
883 \begin_inset Graphics
884 filename ../images/copy.png
885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
892 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_inset Graphics
899 filename ../images/paste.png
900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
907 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_inset Graphics
942 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
951 \begin_layout Standard
952 The first three are self-explanatory.
953 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
954 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
963 keys also functions as the
968 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
969 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
974 to get back the lost text.
977 \begin_layout Standard
981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
987 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
996 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
999 \begin_layout Standard
1002 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1007 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1018 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1024 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1033 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1034 will start a new paragraph.
1037 \begin_layout Standard
1041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1061 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1083 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1088 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 button to skip the current word.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1125 If the toggle is set, searching for
1126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1137 will not match the word
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1152 Match whole words only
1154 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1182 \begin_layout Standard
1183 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1184 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1186 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1191 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1198 \begin_layout Section
1203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1222 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1231 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1237 or the toolbar button
1238 \begin_inset Graphics
1239 filename ../images/undo.png
1240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1244 to undo some mistake.
1245 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1250 or the toolbar button
1251 \begin_inset Graphics
1252 filename ../images/redo.png
1253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1265 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1269 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1274 it was last saved, the
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1283 This is a consequence of the 100
1284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1287 step undo limit, above.
1290 \begin_layout Standard
1299 work on almost everything in LyX.
1300 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1304 \begin_layout Section
1309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1322 \begin_layout Enumerate
1327 \begin_layout Itemize
1332 once anywhere in the edit window.
1333 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1337 \begin_layout Enumerate
1342 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1351 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1354 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1357 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1367 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1377 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1378 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1379 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Standard
1393 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1398 \begin_layout Section
1400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1402 name "sec:Navigating"
1410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1423 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1429 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1432 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1438 or the toolbar button
1439 \begin_inset Graphics
1440 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1448 \begin_layout Standard
1449 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1450 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1457 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1462 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1463 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1464 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1465 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1466 to the document, see
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1476 \begin_layout Standard
1478 \begin_inset space \space{}
1482 \begin_inset Graphics
1483 filename ../images/down.png
1484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1489 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1494 \begin_inset space \space{}
1498 \begin_inset Graphics
1499 filename ../images/up.png
1500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1505 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1509 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1511 So you can for example move section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1516 \begin_inset space ~
1520 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1522 \begin_inset Graphics
1523 filename ../images/promote.png
1524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/demote.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1535 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1536 So you can for example make section
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1541 \begin_inset space ~
1545 \begin_inset space ~
1551 \begin_layout Section
1553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1555 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1572 \begin_layout Standard
1573 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1574 LyX's default is CUA.
1577 \begin_layout Standard
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1589 \begin_inset space ~
1610 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1614 \begin_layout Labeling
1615 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1619 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1620 LatexCommand nomenclature
1622 description "Tabulator key"
1628 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1629 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1630 \begin_inset space ~
1634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1636 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1643 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1647 , especially section
1648 \begin_inset space ~
1652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1654 reference "sub:Lists"
1660 If you're still confused, look in the
1667 \begin_layout Labeling
1668 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1672 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1673 LatexCommand nomenclature
1675 description "Escape key"
1682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1689 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1690 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1693 \begin_layout Labeling
1694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1700 \begin_inset space ~
1704 \begin_inset space ~
1711 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1712 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1716 \begin_layout Standard
1717 There are three modifier keys:
1720 \begin_layout Labeling
1721 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1739 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1740 LatexCommand nomenclature
1742 description "Control key"
1746 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1747 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1751 \begin_layout Itemize
1760 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1763 \begin_layout Itemize
1772 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1775 \begin_layout Itemize
1784 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1788 \begin_layout Labeling
1789 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1807 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1808 LatexCommand nomenclature
1810 description "Shift key"
1814 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1815 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1818 \begin_layout Labeling
1819 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1837 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1838 LatexCommand nomenclature
1840 description "Meta or Alt key"
1844 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1845 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1846 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1852 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1854 menu accelerator keys
1857 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1858 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1862 \begin_layout Standard
1863 For example, the sequence
1864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1870 \begin_inset space ~
1874 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset space ~
1888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1911 \begin_inset space ~
1917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1927 \begin_layout Standard
1928 There are also other things bound to the
1932 key, but you'll have to check in the
1944 \begin_layout Standard
1945 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1946 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1947 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1948 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1949 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1950 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1951 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1952 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1968 followed by a capital
1974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1992 \begin_layout Standard
1993 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1995 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 The preferences are opened with the menu
2001 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2007 \begin_layout Chapter
2012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2021 \begin_layout Section
2026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2035 \begin_layout Subsection
2039 \begin_layout Standard
2040 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2041 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2042 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2043 numbering schemes, and so on.
2044 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2045 and format the title of your document differently.
2048 \begin_layout Standard
2053 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2054 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2055 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2056 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2057 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2060 \begin_layout Standard
2061 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2062 how to adjust their properties.
2065 \begin_layout Subsection
2070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2079 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2086 \begin_layout Standard
2087 You can select a class using the
2089 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2103 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2111 \begin_layout Standard
2112 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2116 \begin_layout Description
2117 Article for basic articles
2120 \begin_layout Description
2121 Report for basic reports
2124 \begin_layout Description
2125 Book for writing a book
2128 \begin_layout Description
2129 Letter for US-style letters
2132 \begin_layout Standard
2133 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2135 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2136 can be found in chapter
2138 Special Document Classes
2147 \begin_layout Description
2148 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2151 \begin_layout Description
2158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2167 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2171 \begin_layout Description
2172 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2173 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2174 There are three article layouts available.
2175 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2176 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2177 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2178 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2183 sequential numbering
2184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2187 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2188 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2189 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2190 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2193 \begin_layout Description
2194 Beamer Layout for presentations
2197 \begin_layout Description
2198 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2199 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2203 \begin_layout Description
2205 \begin_inset space ~
2208 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2211 \begin_layout Description
2212 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2215 \begin_layout Description
2218 Die TeXnische Komödie
2220 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2223 \begin_layout Description
2224 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2227 \begin_layout Description
2228 Foils Used to make transparencies
2231 \begin_layout Description
2232 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2235 \begin_layout Description
2236 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2237 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2241 \begin_layout Description
2242 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2243 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2246 \begin_layout Description
2247 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2250 \begin_layout Description
2251 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2254 \begin_layout Description
2255 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2256 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2259 \begin_layout Description
2260 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2263 \begin_layout Description
2268 LaTeX document class
2271 \begin_layout Description
2272 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2275 \begin_layout Description
2280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2287 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2288 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2290 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2293 \begin_layout Description
2294 Slides Used to make transparencies
2297 \begin_layout Description
2299 \begin_inset space ~
2302 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2303 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2306 \begin_layout Description
2307 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2310 \begin_layout Description
2315 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2318 \begin_layout Standard
2319 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2321 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2326 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2327 of the document classes.
2330 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2332 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2351 \begin_layout Standard
2352 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2353 in the chosen document class.
2354 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2356 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2357 the corresponding module in the
2363 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2377 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2381 \begin_layout Standard
2382 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2390 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2391 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2399 \begin_layout Standard
2400 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2408 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2416 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2420 \begin_layout Standard
2421 Each class has a default set of options.
2422 Here's a quick table describing them:
2425 \begin_layout Standard
2426 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2432 \begin_layout Standard
2434 \begin_inset Tabular
2435 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2437 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2438 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2439 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2440 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2441 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2895 \begin_layout Standard
2896 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2902 \begin_layout Standard
2903 You're probably also wondering what
2904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2908 \begin_inset space ~
2912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2916 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2917 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2922 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2927 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2937 headings, there are also
2945 headings, and so on.
2946 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2947 \begin_inset space ~
2951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2953 reference "sub:Headings"
2960 \begin_layout Subsection
2965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2974 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2993 \begin_layout Standard
2994 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3007 \begin_inset space ~
3012 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3014 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3015 to use for your document.
3016 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3020 \begin_layout Standard
3027 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3033 \begin_inset space ~
3038 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3039 You can choose between the following five options:
3042 \begin_layout Labeling
3043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3048 Use default page style of current class.
3051 \begin_layout Labeling
3052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3057 No page numbers or headings.
3060 \begin_layout Labeling
3061 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3069 \begin_layout Labeling
3070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3075 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3076 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3077 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3080 \begin_layout Labeling
3081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3086 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3096 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3102 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3103 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3105 Check the documentation for the
3109 package for more details,
3110 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3119 \begin_layout Standard
3124 of paragraphs is described in section
3125 \begin_inset space ~
3129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3131 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3138 \begin_layout Subsection
3139 Paper Size and Orientation
3143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3144 Document ! Paper size
3150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3152 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3159 \begin_layout Standard
3160 You'll find the following options in the menu
3163 \begin_inset space ~
3168 of the dialog of the
3170 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3188 \begin_layout Labeling
3189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3193 \begin_inset space ~
3198 What size paper to print on.
3202 \begin_layout Itemize
3208 \begin_layout Itemize
3218 \begin_layout Itemize
3224 \begin_layout Itemize
3230 \begin_layout Itemize
3236 \begin_layout Itemize
3242 \begin_layout Itemize
3248 \begin_layout Labeling
3249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3254 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3265 \begin_layout Labeling
3266 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3270 \begin_inset space ~
3275 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3276 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3279 \begin_layout Subsection
3284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3310 \begin_layout Standard
3311 Paper margins are set in the menu
3313 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3331 \begin_layout Standard
3332 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3333 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3334 the paper format and the font size into account.
3337 \begin_layout Subsection
3341 \begin_layout Standard
3342 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3347 That includes the paragraph environments.
3348 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3349 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3350 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3351 paragraph environments to
3355 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3356 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3357 the conversion and why it failed.
3360 \begin_layout Section
3361 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3366 Paragraph ! Indentation
3374 \begin_layout Subsection
3376 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3378 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3385 \begin_layout Standard
3386 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3387 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3390 \begin_layout Standard
3391 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3392 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3393 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3394 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3398 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3404 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3405 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3406 language than English.
3407 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3410 \begin_layout Standard
3411 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3412 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3414 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3415 LyX takes care of that.
3416 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3418 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3419 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3420 of a page, and so on.
3424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3425 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3430 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3431 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3435 of these pre-coded spacings.
3436 We'll explain more later.
3439 \begin_layout Subsection
3440 Paragraph Separation
3444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3445 Paragraph ! Separation
3453 \begin_layout Standard
3454 To separate paragraphs, select
3465 \begin_inset space ~
3472 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3485 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3486 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3487 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3490 \begin_layout Standard
3500 \begin_layout Standard
3501 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3502 \begin_inset space ~
3506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3508 reference "cap:Units"
3513 The default length is 30
3514 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3520 \begin_layout Subsection
3524 \begin_layout Standard
3525 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3528 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3530 \begin_inset space ~
3535 dialog and toggle the
3538 \begin_inset space ~
3543 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3544 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3545 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3549 \begin_layout Standard
3550 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3551 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3554 \begin_layout Subsection
3559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3560 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3568 \begin_layout Standard
3571 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3584 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3587 \begin_inset space ~
3596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3597 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3606 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3611 installed to use this feature.
3619 \begin_layout Section
3620 Paragraph Environments
3624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3625 Paragraph ! Environments
3631 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3633 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3642 Paragraph environments|(
3650 \begin_layout Subsection
3654 \begin_layout Standard
3655 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3658 \begin_layout Standard
3677 \begin_inset Newline newline
3680 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3681 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3682 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3691 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3694 \begin_layout Standard
3695 A paragraph environment is simply a
3696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3703 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3704 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3705 scheme, labels, and so on.
3706 Additionally, you can
3707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3714 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3715 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3716 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3717 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3718 days of typewriters.
3719 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3721 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3724 \begin_layout Standard
3725 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3726 \begin_inset Graphics
3727 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3733 at the left end of the toolbar.
3734 LyX will change the environment of the
3738 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3739 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3740 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3744 \begin_layout Standard
3753 create a new paragraph using the
3757 paragraph environment.
3759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3766 because if you are in one of these environments:
3769 \begin_layout Itemize
3775 \begin_layout Itemize
3781 \begin_layout Itemize
3787 \begin_layout Itemize
3793 \begin_layout Itemize
3799 \begin_layout Itemize
3805 \begin_layout Itemize
3811 \begin_layout Standard
3812 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3816 , rather than resetting it to
3821 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3822 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3823 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3824 \begin_inset space ~
3828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3830 reference "sec:Nesting"
3835 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3840 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3841 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3849 \begin_layout Subsection
3853 \begin_layout Standard
3854 The default paragraph environment is
3859 It creates a plain paragraph.
3860 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3861 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3862 this manual) are in the
3869 \begin_layout Standard
3870 You can nest a paragraph using the
3874 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3882 \begin_layout Subsection
3887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3896 \begin_layout Standard
3897 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3906 for thanks or contact information.
3907 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3908 page along with today's date.
3909 For other types of documents, the title
3910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3917 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3921 \begin_layout Standard
3922 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3936 Here's how you use them:
3939 \begin_layout Itemize
3940 Put the title of your document in the
3947 \begin_layout Itemize
3948 Put the author name in the
3955 \begin_layout Itemize
3956 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3957 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3963 Note that using this environment is optional.
3964 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3965 If you don't want any date, add the line
3966 \begin_inset Newline newline
3976 \begin_inset Newline newline
3979 to the preamble of your document (menu
3981 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3987 \begin_layout Standard
3988 You can use footnotes to insert
3989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3996 or contact informations.
3999 \begin_layout Subsection
4004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4020 \begin_layout Standard
4021 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4022 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4025 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4031 Section headings ! Numbered
4039 \begin_layout Standard
4040 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4044 \begin_layout Enumerate
4050 \begin_layout Enumerate
4056 \begin_layout Enumerate
4062 \begin_layout Enumerate
4068 \begin_layout Enumerate
4074 \begin_layout Enumerate
4080 \begin_layout Enumerate
4086 \begin_layout Standard
4087 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4088 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4089 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4092 \begin_layout Standard
4093 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4094 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4095 You group the book into chapters.
4096 LyX does similar grouping:
4099 \begin_layout Itemize
4104 is divided in either
4113 \begin_layout Itemize
4125 \begin_layout Itemize
4137 \begin_layout Itemize
4149 \begin_layout Itemize
4161 \begin_layout Itemize
4173 \begin_layout Standard
4174 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4182 Not all document types use the
4186 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4191 is the top-level heading.
4199 \begin_layout Standard
4204 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4205 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4207 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4219 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4225 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4233 \begin_layout Standard
4234 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4238 \begin_layout Enumerate
4244 \begin_layout Enumerate
4250 \begin_layout Enumerate
4256 \begin_layout Enumerate
4262 \begin_layout Enumerate
4268 \begin_layout Standard
4270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4277 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4278 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4279 table of contents, see section
4280 \begin_inset space ~
4284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4294 Changing the Numbering
4295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4297 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4304 \begin_layout Standard
4305 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4306 in the Table of Contents.
4307 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4309 Certain classes start with
4323 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4333 This is something you can change.
4336 \begin_layout Standard
4339 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4359 \begin_inset space ~
4363 \begin_inset space ~
4368 you'll see two counters.
4373 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4375 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4379 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4380 Short Titles of Headings
4384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4385 Section headings ! Short titles
4394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4403 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4410 \begin_layout Standard
4411 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4412 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4413 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4414 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4417 \begin_layout Standard
4418 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4419 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4420 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4421 To specify a short title, use the menu
4423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4425 \begin_inset space ~
4431 This will insert a box labeled
4432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4447 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4448 This also works for captions inside floats.
4451 \begin_layout Standard
4452 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4455 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4459 \begin_layout Standard
4460 The following information applies to all section headings:
4463 \begin_layout Itemize
4464 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4467 \begin_layout Itemize
4468 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4471 \begin_layout Itemize
4472 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4475 \begin_layout Itemize
4476 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4479 \begin_layout Subsection
4480 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4484 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4498 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4499 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4500 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4501 the text they contain.
4502 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4510 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4513 \begin_layout Standard
4514 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4523 when you start a new paragraph.
4524 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4528 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4529 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4530 to change back to the
4534 environment yourself.
4537 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4566 \begin_layout Standard
4567 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4568 time for the differences.
4577 are identical except for one difference:
4581 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4590 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4593 \begin_layout Standard
4594 Here's an example of the
4607 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4609 See -- no indentation!
4613 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4614 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4615 the other paragraph.
4618 \begin_layout Standard
4619 Here's another example, this time in the
4626 \begin_layout Quotation
4632 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4633 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4634 the first line, then
4638 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4642 you were quoting other text.
4645 \begin_layout Quotation
4646 Here's a new paragraph.
4647 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4648 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4651 \begin_layout Standard
4652 As the examples show,
4656 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4657 They should put quotes in the
4662 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4666 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4669 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4697 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4706 \begin_layout Standard
4711 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4717 \begin_inset Newline newline
4720 Which I did not rehearse!
4724 It could be much worse.
4725 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4727 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4728 indented a bit more than the first.
4729 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4735 \begin_inset Newline newline
4738 And make things look fine
4739 \begin_inset Newline newline
4749 \begin_layout Standard
4754 does not indent both margins.
4755 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4756 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4767 \begin_layout Subsection
4772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4779 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4788 \begin_layout Standard
4789 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4799 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4808 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4809 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4810 some general features of all four of them.
4813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4817 \begin_layout Standard
4818 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4820 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4829 reset the environment to
4833 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4834 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4835 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4840 to break paragraphs.
4843 \begin_layout Standard
4844 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4845 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4847 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4848 you read all of section
4849 \begin_inset space ~
4853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4855 reference "sec:Nesting"
4863 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4879 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4888 \begin_layout Standard
4889 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4893 paragraph environment.
4894 It has the following properties:
4897 \begin_layout Itemize
4898 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4902 \begin_layout Itemize
4903 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4906 \begin_layout Itemize
4907 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4911 \begin_layout Itemize
4912 The items can have any length.
4913 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4914 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4921 \begin_layout Itemize
4926 environment inside another
4930 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4934 \begin_layout Itemize
4935 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4938 \begin_layout Itemize
4939 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4942 \begin_layout Itemize
4944 \begin_inset space ~
4948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4950 reference "sec:Nesting"
4954 for a full explanation of nesting.
4958 \begin_layout Standard
4959 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4968 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4971 \begin_layout Standard
4972 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4973 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4974 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4977 \begin_layout Itemize
4978 The label for the first level
4982 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4986 \begin_layout Itemize
4987 The label for the second level is a dash.
4991 \begin_layout Itemize
4992 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4996 \begin_layout Itemize
4997 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5001 \begin_layout Itemize
5002 Back out to the third level.
5006 \begin_layout Itemize
5007 Back to the second level.
5011 \begin_layout Itemize
5012 Back to the outermost level.
5015 \begin_layout Standard
5016 These are the default labels for an
5021 You can customize these labels in the
5023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5026 dialog in the submenu
5036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5045 \begin_layout Standard
5046 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5047 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5049 \begin_inset space ~
5053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5055 reference "sec:Nesting"
5062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5080 name "sec:Enumerate"
5087 \begin_layout Standard
5092 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5093 It has these properties:
5096 \begin_layout Enumerate
5097 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5101 \begin_layout Enumerate
5102 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5106 \begin_layout Enumerate
5107 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5110 \begin_layout Enumerate
5115 environment resets the counter to one.
5118 \begin_layout Enumerate
5131 \begin_layout Enumerate
5132 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5133 Items can have any length.
5136 \begin_layout Enumerate
5137 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5140 \begin_layout Enumerate
5141 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5149 \begin_layout Standard
5158 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5159 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5166 \begin_layout Enumerate
5167 The first level of an
5171 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5175 \begin_layout Enumerate
5176 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5180 \begin_layout Enumerate
5181 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5185 \begin_layout Enumerate
5186 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5189 \begin_layout Enumerate
5190 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5195 \begin_layout Enumerate
5196 Back to the third level
5200 \begin_layout Enumerate
5201 Back to the second level.
5205 \begin_layout Enumerate
5206 Back to the outermost level.
5209 \begin_layout Standard
5210 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5215 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5220 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5224 \begin_layout Standard
5225 There is more to nesting
5229 environments than we've stated here.
5230 You should read section
5231 \begin_inset space ~
5235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5237 reference "sec:Nesting"
5241 to learn more about nesting.
5244 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5262 name "sec:Description-List"
5269 \begin_layout Standard
5270 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5274 list has no fixed label.
5275 Instead, LyX uses the first
5276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5283 of the first line as the label.
5287 \begin_layout Description
5288 Example: This is an example of the
5295 \begin_layout Standard
5296 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5300 \begin_layout Standard
5302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5309 it is meant that the first hit of the
5313 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5315 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5326 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5327 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5329 \begin_inset space ~
5335 \begin_inset space ~
5339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5341 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5345 for more info.) Here is an example:
5348 \begin_layout Description
5350 \begin_inset space ~
5353 Example: This one shows how to use a
5356 \begin_inset space ~
5368 \begin_layout Description
5369 Usage: You should use the
5373 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5374 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5376 It's not a good idea to use a
5380 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5381 You're better off using
5393 paragraphs into them.
5396 \begin_layout Description
5397 Nesting: You can nest
5401 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5405 \begin_layout Standard
5406 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5407 them from the first line.
5410 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5435 \begin_layout Standard
5440 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5444 \begin_layout Standard
5453 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5454 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5457 \begin_layout Labeling
5458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5460 \begin_inset space ~
5463 labels LyX uses the first
5464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5471 of each line as the item label.
5476 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5477 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5478 blank as described above.
5481 \begin_layout Labeling
5482 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5483 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5484 the body of the item text.
5485 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5486 label width plus a little extra space.
5490 \begin_layout Labeling
5491 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5493 \begin_inset space ~
5496 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5498 If the label width is larger, the label
5499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5506 into the first line.
5507 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5508 margin of the rest of the item text.
5511 \begin_layout Labeling
5512 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5514 \begin_inset space ~
5517 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5522 environment have the same left margin.
5523 \begin_inset Newline newline
5526 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5529 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5531 \begin_inset space ~
5540 \begin_inset space ~
5545 determines the default label width.
5546 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5555 multiple times instead.
5556 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5565 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5568 \begin_inset space ~
5573 every time you alter a label in a
5578 \begin_inset Newline newline
5581 The predefined default width is the length of
5582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5591 \begin_inset Newline newline
5595 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5603 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5604 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5612 \begin_layout Standard
5617 environment the same way like the
5621 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5627 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5631 \begin_layout Standard
5636 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5638 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5640 \begin_inset space ~
5644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5646 reference "sec:Nesting"
5650 to learn about nesting.
5653 \begin_layout Standard
5654 There is yet another feature of the
5658 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5660 You can use additional
5664 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5669 are documented in section
5670 \begin_inset space ~
5674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5676 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5681 Here are some examples:
5684 \begin_layout Labeling
5685 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5686 Left The default for
5693 \begin_layout Labeling
5694 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5695 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5702 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5705 \begin_layout Labeling
5706 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5707 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5711 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5718 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5721 \begin_layout Subsection
5726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5735 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5743 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_layout Standard
5752 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5760 \begin_inset space ~
5766 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5767 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5768 In contrast, you can use the
5775 \begin_inset space ~
5780 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5781 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5785 \begin_layout Standard
5786 Of course, you're not limited to using
5793 \begin_inset space ~
5802 \begin_inset space ~
5807 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5808 some European academic papers.
5811 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5815 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5822 \begin_layout Standard
5827 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5828 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5832 \begin_inset space ~
5837 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5838 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5839 Here's an example of each:
5842 \begin_layout Right Address
5844 \begin_inset Newline newline
5848 \begin_inset Newline newline
5852 \begin_inset Newline newline
5855 When is it? What is today?
5858 \begin_layout Standard
5862 \begin_inset space ~
5868 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5869 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5870 Here's an example of the
5877 \begin_layout Address
5879 \begin_inset Newline newline
5882 Where do I send this
5883 \begin_inset Newline newline
5886 Your post office and country
5889 \begin_layout Standard
5890 As you can see, both
5897 \begin_inset space ~
5902 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5907 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5913 This makes sense, since
5921 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5922 Thus, you have to use
5933 \begin_inset space ~
5936 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5938 \begin_inset space ~
5947 menu) to start a new line in an
5954 \begin_inset space ~
5962 \begin_layout Subsection
5966 \begin_layout Standard
5967 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5968 or list of references.
5969 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5972 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5988 \begin_layout Standard
5993 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5994 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5995 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5996 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6000 in anything else or vice versa.
6006 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6007 The book document classes ignores the
6011 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6015 in a letter document class.
6018 \begin_layout Standard
6023 environment does several things for you.
6024 First, it puts the centered label
6025 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6033 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6035 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6036 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6037 the subsequent text.
6038 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6039 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6042 \begin_layout Standard
6043 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6047 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6048 The new paragraph will still be in the
6053 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6054 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6057 \begin_layout Standard
6058 \begin_inset Float figure
6063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6065 \begin_inset Graphics
6066 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6075 \begin_inset Caption
6077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6080 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6101 \begin_layout Standard
6102 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6106 environment, but since this document is in the
6107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6114 class, we can't do this.
6115 We inserted it therefore as figure
6116 \begin_inset space ~
6120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6122 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6127 If you've never heard of an
6128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6135 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6138 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6156 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6163 \begin_layout Standard
6168 environment is used to list references.
6169 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6170 only use it at the end of the document.
6175 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6178 \begin_layout Standard
6179 When you first open a
6183 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6199 depending on the document class.
6200 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6201 Each paragraph of the
6205 environment is a bibliography entry.
6210 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6211 Each new paragraph is still in the
6218 \begin_layout Standard
6219 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6221 \begin_inset space ~
6225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6227 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6234 \begin_layout Subsection
6241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6242 Paragraph ! LyX code
6248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6257 \begin_layout Standard
6262 environment is another LyX extension.
6263 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6268 key as a fixed whitespace;
6272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6284 \begin_inset space ~
6289 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6294 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6295 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6313 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6314 So, when you finish using the
6318 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6319 Also, you can nest the
6323 environment inside of others.
6326 \begin_layout Standard
6327 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6335 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6347 \begin_layout Itemize
6360 \begin_layout Itemize
6365 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6372 \begin_layout Itemize
6381 \begin_layout Itemize
6382 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6383 You must put at least one
6387 in any line you want blank.
6388 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6391 \begin_layout Itemize
6392 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6396 since that will insert
6401 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6409 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6412 \begin_layout Standard
6416 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6420 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6424 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6428 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6432 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6433 printf("Hello World!
6438 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6442 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6446 \begin_layout Standard
6447 This is just the standard
6448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6459 \begin_layout Standard
6464 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6465 rc-files, and so on.
6466 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6467 as if you used a typewriter.
6471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6472 Paragraph environments|)
6480 \begin_layout Section
6481 Nesting Environments
6485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6486 Nesting ! Environments
6492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6501 \begin_layout Subsection
6505 \begin_layout Standard
6506 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6508 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6510 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6512 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6524 \begin_layout Enumerate
6528 \begin_layout Enumerate
6533 \begin_layout Enumerate
6537 \begin_layout Enumerate
6542 \begin_layout Enumerate
6546 \begin_layout Standard
6547 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6548 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6551 \begin_inset space ~
6555 \begin_inset space ~
6563 \begin_inset space ~
6567 \begin_inset space ~
6576 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6577 will tell you how far you are nested).
6578 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6579 \begin_inset Graphics
6580 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6585 \begin_inset Graphics
6586 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6590 or the convenient key bindings
6598 to change the nesting level.
6599 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6600 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6604 \begin_layout Standard
6605 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6606 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6607 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6608 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6611 \begin_layout Standard
6612 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6613 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6615 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6618 \begin_layout Subsection
6619 What You Can and Can't Nest
6622 \begin_layout Standard
6623 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6624 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6627 \begin_layout Standard
6628 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6629 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6630 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6633 \begin_layout Itemize
6634 Completely unnestable
6637 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6639 other things inside of them.
6642 \begin_layout Itemize
6643 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6647 \begin_layout Standard
6648 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6649 environments have them:
6652 \begin_layout Description
6653 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6654 Can't nest into them.
6658 \begin_layout Itemize
6664 \begin_layout Itemize
6670 \begin_layout Itemize
6676 \begin_layout Itemize
6682 \begin_layout Itemize
6689 \begin_layout Description
6691 \begin_inset space ~
6694 Nestable You can nest them.
6695 You can nest other things into them.
6699 \begin_layout Itemize
6705 \begin_layout Itemize
6711 \begin_layout Itemize
6717 \begin_layout Itemize
6723 \begin_layout Itemize
6729 \begin_layout Itemize
6735 \begin_layout Itemize
6741 \begin_layout Itemize
6748 \begin_layout Description
6749 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6750 You can't nest anything into them.
6754 \begin_layout Itemize
6760 \begin_layout Itemize
6766 \begin_layout Itemize
6772 \begin_layout Itemize
6778 \begin_layout Itemize
6784 \begin_layout Itemize
6790 \begin_layout Itemize
6796 \begin_layout Itemize
6802 \begin_layout Itemize
6808 \begin_layout Itemize
6814 \begin_layout Itemize
6820 \begin_layout Itemize
6826 \begin_layout Itemize
6832 \begin_layout Itemize
6836 \begin_inset space ~
6842 \begin_layout Itemize
6849 \begin_layout Standard
6850 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6858 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6867 \begin_inset space ~
6871 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6875 \begin_inset space ~
6878 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6879 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6880 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6888 \begin_layout Subsection
6889 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6894 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6902 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6909 \begin_layout Standard
6910 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6911 affected by nesting anyhow.
6915 \begin_layout Itemize
6919 \begin_layout Itemize
6923 \begin_layout Itemize
6927 \begin_layout Standard
6929 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6937 Figures and tables in
6941 are not affected by this.
6946 Have a look at section
6947 \begin_inset space ~
6951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6953 reference "sec:Floats"
6957 for more informations about
6964 \begin_layout Standard
6965 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6966 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6970 \begin_layout Standard
6971 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6979 of its own, it behaves just like a
6980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6987 paragraph environment.
6988 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6992 \begin_layout Standard
6993 Here's an example with a table:
6996 \begin_layout Enumerate
7001 \begin_layout Enumerate
7002 This is (a) and it's nested.
7006 \begin_layout Standard
7007 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7013 \begin_layout Standard
7015 \begin_inset Tabular
7016 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7018 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7103 \begin_layout Standard
7104 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7111 \begin_layout Enumerate
7113 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7117 \begin_layout Enumerate
7121 \begin_layout Standard
7122 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7125 \begin_layout Enumerate
7130 \begin_layout Enumerate
7131 This is (a) and it's nested.
7135 \begin_layout Standard
7136 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7142 \begin_layout Standard
7144 \begin_inset Tabular
7145 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7147 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7148 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7232 \begin_layout Standard
7233 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7239 \begin_layout Enumerate
7246 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7249 \begin_layout Enumerate
7253 \begin_layout Standard
7254 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7258 \begin_layout Standard
7259 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7261 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7264 \begin_layout Enumerate
7269 \begin_layout Enumerate
7270 This is (a) and it's nested.
7273 \begin_layout Standard
7274 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7280 \begin_layout Standard
7282 \begin_inset Tabular
7283 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7285 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7370 \begin_layout Standard
7371 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7379 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7391 \begin_layout Standard
7392 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7398 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7399 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7403 \begin_layout Subsection
7404 Usage and General Features
7405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7407 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7414 \begin_layout Standard
7415 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7424 is the innermost possible depth.
7425 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7428 \begin_layout Enumerate
7429 level #1 - outermost
7433 \begin_layout Enumerate
7438 \begin_layout Enumerate
7443 \begin_layout Enumerate
7448 \begin_layout Itemize
7453 \begin_layout Itemize
7462 \begin_layout Standard
7463 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7464 both of them in the example.
7465 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7475 For example, if we tried to nest another
7480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7490 \begin_layout Subsection
7495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7504 \begin_layout Standard
7505 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7506 We have several examples of nested environments.
7507 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7512 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7515 \begin_layout Labeling
7516 \labelwidthstring MMM
7517 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7526 \begin_layout Labeling
7527 \labelwidthstring MMM
7528 #2-a This is level #2.
7529 We created it by using
7541 \begin_layout Labeling
7542 \labelwidthstring MMM
7543 #3-a This is level #3.
7544 This time, we just hit
7553 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7566 \begin_layout Standard
7571 environment, nested inside of
7572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7580 So, it's at level #4.
7581 We did this by hitting
7589 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7594 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7610 \begin_layout Standard
7615 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7622 \begin_layout Labeling
7623 \labelwidthstring MMM
7624 #4-a This is level #4.
7629 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7634 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7638 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7643 keep nesting things inside of
7644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7665 and this is level #6.
7666 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7670 \begin_layout Labeling
7671 \labelwidthstring MMM
7672 #5-b Back to level #5.
7685 \begin_layout Labeling
7686 \labelwidthstring MMM
7695 , we're back at level #4.
7699 \begin_layout Labeling
7700 \labelwidthstring MMM
7701 #3-b Back to level #3.
7702 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7706 \begin_layout Labeling
7707 \labelwidthstring MMM
7708 #2-b Back to level #2.
7713 \begin_layout Labeling
7714 \labelwidthstring MMM
7715 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7716 After this sentence, we'll hit
7720 and change the paragraph environment back to
7727 \begin_layout Standard
7728 We could have also used the
7744 environment in place of the
7749 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7752 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7753 Example 2: Inheritance
7756 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7757 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7760 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7770 , after which, we'll change to the
7778 \begin_layout Enumerate
7783 environment, at level #2.
7786 \begin_layout Enumerate
7787 Notice how the nested
7791 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7795 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7799 \begin_layout Standard
7800 We ended this example by hitting
7805 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7809 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7816 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7817 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7830 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7838 \begin_layout Enumerate
7839 This is level #1, in an
7843 paragraph environment.
7844 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7848 \begin_layout Enumerate
7859 Now, what happens if we nest an
7863 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7864 label be? An asterisk?
7868 \begin_layout Itemize
7878 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7879 So, its label is a bullet.
7880 (We got here by using
7888 , then changing the environment to
7896 \begin_layout Itemize
7897 Here's level #4, produced using
7906 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7911 \begin_layout Enumerate
7912 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7914 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7919 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7923 , because we are in the
7947 \begin_layout Enumerate
7952 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7953 type of numbering does LyX use?
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7957 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7961 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7964 \begin_layout Enumerate
7969 to decrease the depth after the next
7977 \begin_layout Enumerate
7979 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7983 \begin_layout Enumerate
7985 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7986 numeral as the label.Why?
7989 \begin_layout Enumerate
7990 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7999 Notice, however, that LyX
8003 reset the counter for the label.
8007 \begin_layout Enumerate
8016 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8017 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8018 into the twofold-nested
8026 \begin_layout Enumerate
8027 The same thing happens if we do another
8035 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8038 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8044 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8058 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8064 The same rule applies for the
8068 environment, as well.
8071 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8072 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8075 \begin_layout Enumerate
8076 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8077 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8078 same detail with how we did it.
8087 \begin_layout Standard
8090 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8092 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8093 example in parentheses someplace.
8094 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8095 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8096 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8100 \begin_layout Enumerate
8105 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8110 Now we'll add verse.
8111 \begin_inset Newline newline
8114 It will get much worse.
8115 \begin_inset Newline newline
8120 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8126 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8127 \begin_inset Newline newline
8130 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8131 \begin_inset Newline newline
8144 \begin_layout Standard
8145 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8151 \begin_layout Standard
8153 \begin_inset Tabular
8154 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8156 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8157 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8245 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8249 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8255 \begin_layout Enumerate
8260 : level #1) This is another item.
8261 Note that selecting a
8265 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8266 3 times to put the table inside the
8274 \begin_layout Quotation
8275 We're now ending the
8279 list and changing to
8284 We're still at level #1.
8285 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8286 The next set of paragraphs is a
8287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8301 \begin_inset space ~
8306 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8310 for the letter body.
8315 to preserve the depth.
8316 Remember that you need to use
8320 to create multiple lines inside the
8327 \begin_inset space ~
8337 \begin_layout Right Address
8339 \begin_inset Newline newline
8342 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8343 \begin_inset Newline newline
8349 \begin_layout Address
8351 \begin_inset space ~
8357 \begin_layout Quotation
8358 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8359 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8362 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8363 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8364 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8365 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8366 as soon as possible.
8367 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8370 \begin_layout Quotation
8371 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8372 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8373 with your order, along with payment.
8376 \begin_layout Quotation
8377 We thank you again for your patience.
8380 \begin_layout Address
8382 \begin_inset Newline newline
8389 \begin_layout Quotation
8390 That ends that example!
8393 \begin_layout Standard
8394 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8395 just a few keystrokes.
8396 We could have easily nested an
8417 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8420 \begin_layout Section
8421 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8434 \begin_layout Standard
8435 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8436 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8437 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8438 be broken at the end of a line.
8439 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8443 \begin_layout Subsection
8445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8447 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8464 \begin_layout Standard
8465 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8467 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8471 Further documentation is given in section
8472 \begin_inset Newline newline
8476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8478 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8486 \begin_layout Standard
8487 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8502 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8507 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8511 A protected space is set with
8513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8514 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8518 \begin_inset space ~
8532 \begin_layout Subsection
8534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8536 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 Spacing ! Horizontal
8553 \begin_layout Standard
8554 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8557 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8561 The length units are listed in Appendix
8562 \begin_inset space ~
8566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8568 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8602 \begin_inset space \space{}
8605 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8606 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8607 \begin_inset space ~
8611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8613 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8618 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8619 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8626 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8630 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8647 \begin_layout Standard
8649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8656 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8665 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8666 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8667 inside abbreviations:
8672 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8676 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8681 \begin_inset space \space{}
8687 \begin_layout Standard
8688 or between values and units.
8689 Compare for example this:
8690 \begin_inset Newline newline
8694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8698 \begin_inset Newline newline
8704 \begin_layout Standard
8705 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8708 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8710 \begin_inset space ~
8722 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8726 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8733 \begin_layout Standard
8734 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8737 \begin_layout Description
8739 \begin_inset space ~
8743 \begin_inset space ~
8747 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8751 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8755 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8758 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8761 \begin_layout Description
8763 \begin_inset space ~
8767 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8771 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8775 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8779 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8786 em) space between the arrows.
8789 \begin_layout Description
8791 \begin_inset space ~
8795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8803 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8807 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8811 \begin_inset space ~
8815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8818 em) space between the arrows.
8821 \begin_layout Description
8823 \begin_inset space ~
8827 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8831 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8835 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8839 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8843 \begin_inset space ~
8847 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8850 em) space between the arrows.
8853 \begin_layout Description
8855 \begin_inset space ~
8859 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8863 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8868 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8875 cm space between the arrows.
8878 \begin_layout Standard
8880 \begin_inset space ~
8884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8886 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8890 lists the different space sizes.
8893 \begin_layout Standard
8894 \begin_inset Float table
8899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8901 \begin_inset Caption
8903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8904 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8906 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8910 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8920 \begin_inset Tabular
8921 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8923 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8924 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8964 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8988 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9036 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9064 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9092 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9120 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9141 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9159 \begin_layout Standard
9160 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9161 in a uniform fashion.
9162 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9163 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9164 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9165 equally between themselves.
9169 \begin_layout Standard
9170 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9175 This is on the left side
9176 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9179 This is on the right
9185 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9189 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9198 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9202 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9206 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9212 \begin_layout Standard
9213 That was an example in the
9219 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9223 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9227 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9230 is one in a standard paragraph.
9231 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9235 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9238 \begin_layout Standard
9239 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9242 \begin_inset space ~
9247 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9250 \begin_layout Standard
9252 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9256 \begin_inset space ~
9262 \begin_layout Standard
9264 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9268 \begin_inset space ~
9274 \begin_layout Standard
9276 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9280 \begin_inset space ~
9286 \begin_layout Standard
9288 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9292 \begin_inset space ~
9298 \begin_layout Standard
9300 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9304 \begin_inset space ~
9310 \begin_layout Standard
9312 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9316 \begin_inset space ~
9322 \begin_layout Standard
9323 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9331 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9335 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9336 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9337 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9341 option in the space dialog.
9349 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9363 \begin_layout Standard
9364 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9366 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9369 \begin_layout Standard
9370 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9373 What is correct English?:
9374 \begin_inset Newline newline
9378 \begin_inset Newline newline
9382 \begin_inset space ~
9385 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9386 \begin_inset Newline newline
9393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9404 \begin_inset Newline newline
9411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9422 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9428 \begin_layout Standard
9429 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9434 \begin_inset space ~
9438 \begin_inset space ~
9442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9446 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9464 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9468 for more information about TeX-Code.
9474 In our case write the command
9481 (note the space after
9482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9489 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9490 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9491 That is why it is named
9492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9504 There exists also the commands
9516 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9517 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9518 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9520 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9532 \begin_layout Subsection
9534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9536 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9553 \begin_layout Standard
9554 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9557 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9559 \begin_inset space ~
9565 There you find the following sizes:
9568 \begin_layout Standard
9581 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9586 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9588 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9601 for the paragraph separation.
9602 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9613 \begin_layout Standard
9622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9628 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9629 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9631 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9632 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9641 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9650 s are described in section
9651 \begin_inset space ~
9655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9657 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9666 If there are several
9670 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9671 You can therefore use
9675 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9678 \begin_layout Standard
9683 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9684 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9690 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9697 \begin_layout Standard
9698 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9708 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9709 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9721 \begin_layout Subsection
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9726 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9728 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9732 There are four possibilities:
9735 \begin_layout Itemize
9741 \begin_layout Itemize
9747 \begin_layout Itemize
9753 \begin_layout Itemize
9759 \begin_layout Standard
9760 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9761 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9762 the left and right margins.
9763 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9766 \begin_layout Standard
9768 This paragraph is right aligned,
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9773 this one is centered,
9776 \begin_layout Standard
9778 this one is left aligned.
9781 \begin_layout Subsection
9786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9787 Page breaks ! Forced
9793 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9795 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
9802 \begin_layout Standard
9803 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9804 can force a page break where you want one.
9805 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
9806 Only if you use many
9810 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9813 \begin_layout Standard
9814 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9815 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9819 have to change the page breaking.
9822 \begin_layout Standard
9823 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9825 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9827 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9828 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9830 \begin_inset space ~
9836 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9839 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9841 \begin_inset space ~
9846 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9848 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
9849 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9852 \begin_layout Standard
9853 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
9854 at the top of a page.
9855 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9856 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9857 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9858 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9862 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9877 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
9885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9894 \begin_layout Standard
9895 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9896 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9897 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9898 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9899 if necessary by adding pages.
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
9905 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9906 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9908 \begin_inset space ~
9914 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9916 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9917 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9919 \begin_inset space ~
9923 \begin_inset space ~
9928 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9929 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9932 \begin_layout Subsection
9937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9944 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9946 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
9953 \begin_layout Standard
9954 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
9956 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9958 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9959 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9961 \begin_inset space ~
9965 \begin_inset space ~
9975 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9977 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9978 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9980 \begin_inset space ~
9984 \begin_inset space ~
9989 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9991 This is necessary to avoid
9992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9999 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10002 \begin_layout Standard
10003 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10004 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10005 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10006 set a line break, e.g.
10007 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10008 \begin_inset space ~
10012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10014 reference "sec:Quote"
10019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10021 reference "sec:Verse"
10026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10028 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10035 \begin_layout Subsection
10037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10039 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10056 \begin_layout Standard
10061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10062 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10064 \begin_inset space ~
10069 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10075 \begin_layout Section
10076 Characters and Symbols
10079 \begin_layout Standard
10080 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10081 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10086 \begin_inset space ~
10089 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10091 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10097 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10101 for informations how this is done.
10104 \begin_layout Standard
10105 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10110 dialog via the menu
10112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10113 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10119 \begin_layout Standard
10120 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10128 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10129 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10130 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10138 \begin_layout Section
10139 Fonts and Text Styles
10140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10142 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10149 \begin_layout Subsection
10154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10163 \begin_layout Standard
10164 There are two types of fonts:
10167 \begin_layout Description
10169 \begin_inset space ~
10176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10182 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10183 characters) in the font.
10184 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10185 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10186 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10187 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10188 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10189 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10190 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10191 provide a good image.
10192 \begin_inset Newline newline
10195 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10196 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10197 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10198 sizes than at small ones.
10199 \begin_inset Newline newline
10213 \begin_inset space ~
10221 \begin_layout Description
10223 \begin_inset space ~
10230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10236 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10237 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10238 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10239 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10240 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10241 picture manipulation program.
10242 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10243 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10244 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10245 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10246 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10248 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10249 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10250 \begin_inset Newline newline
10253 Bitmap fonts are named
10256 \begin_inset space ~
10261 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10264 \begin_layout Standard
10265 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10266 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10267 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10268 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10272 \begin_layout Standard
10273 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10274 its document properties.
10277 \begin_layout Standard
10278 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10279 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10280 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10281 font to emphasize text, you use an
10282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10290 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10291 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10295 \begin_layout Subsection
10296 Document Font and Font size
10297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10299 name "sub:Document-Font"
10307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10326 \begin_layout Standard
10327 You can set the document fonts in the
10329 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10337 Document ! Settings
10343 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10344 font shapes roman (serif),
10347 \begin_inset space ~
10359 \begin_layout Standard
10360 The possible options for the font include
10364 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10369 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10391 European Computer Modern
10394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10404 \begin_layout Standard
10413 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10414 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10419 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10422 \begin_inset space ~
10427 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10433 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10434 There are three ways to use one:
10437 \begin_layout Itemize
10438 One way is to use the
10448 Virtual means that it
10449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10460 -glyphs from other fonts.
10461 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10483 Loading the LaTeX-package
10491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10492 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10497 with the document preamble line
10500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10505 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10509 will fix the guillemet problem.
10514 and that accented characters are not
10518 glyph, they are build of
10522 characters, the accent and the letter.
10523 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10527 fonts for words with accented characters.
10528 If you search for example for the French word
10529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10536 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10545 and not for the glyph
10546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10550 \begin_inset space ~
10554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10560 \begin_layout Itemize
10561 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10574 , consists of these three main font types
10577 \begin_inset space ~
10606 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10610 \begin_inset space ~
10617 as typewriter font.
10618 \begin_inset Newline newline
10621 The differences between roman,
10624 \begin_inset space ~
10633 fonts are explained in section
10634 \begin_inset space ~
10638 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10640 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10645 \begin_inset Newline newline
10652 was originally designed for newspapers.
10653 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10654 into the small newspaper columns.
10659 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10662 \begin_layout Itemize
10663 The best solution is to use the
10672 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10677 In most cases they look the same as
10685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10686 One difference is improved kerning for the
10699 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10710 \begin_layout Standard
10711 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10714 For the font size there are four possible values:
10731 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10734 \begin_layout Standard
10735 The font sizes are the
10740 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10741 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10742 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10745 \begin_inset space ~
10751 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10752 \begin_inset space ~
10756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10758 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10765 \begin_layout Standard
10766 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10770 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10778 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10782 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10783 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10784 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10786 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10789 dialog, see section
10790 \begin_inset space ~
10794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10796 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10808 \begin_layout Subsection
10809 Using Different Character Styles
10813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10832 \begin_layout Standard
10833 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10834 certain paragraph environments.
10835 LyX supports two character styles,
10844 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10848 \begin_layout Standard
10853 style, do one of the following:
10856 \begin_layout Itemize
10857 click on the toolbar button
10858 \begin_inset Graphics
10859 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10866 \begin_layout Itemize
10867 use the key binding
10870 \begin_inset space ~
10876 \begin_layout Standard
10877 These commands are all toggles.
10882 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10885 \begin_layout Standard
10886 One typically uses the
10890 style for proper names.
10892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10899 is the original author of LyX.
10900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10906 \begin_layout Standard
10907 A more widely used character style is the
10912 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10919 \begin_layout Itemize
10920 clicking on the toolbar button
10921 \begin_inset Graphics
10922 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10929 \begin_layout Itemize
10930 using the keybindings
10933 \begin_inset space ~
10939 \begin_layout Standard
10944 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10945 es use a different font.
10948 \begin_layout Standard
10949 We've been using the
10953 style all over the place in this document.
10954 Here's one more example:
10957 \begin_layout Quotation
10960 Don't overuse character styles!
10963 \begin_layout Standard
10964 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10965 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10966 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10967 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10975 \begin_inset space ~
10982 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10984 \begin_inset space ~
10992 \begin_layout Subsection
10993 Fine-Tuning with the
10998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11000 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11017 \begin_layout Standard
11018 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
11019 gives you a way to create custom character style.
11020 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11021 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11022 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11023 from ordinary dialog.
11026 \begin_layout Standard
11027 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11028 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11029 \begin_inset Newline newline
11032 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11033 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
11036 \begin_layout Standard
11037 To use custom character styles, open the
11039 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11041 \begin_inset space ~
11047 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11048 font property which you can choose.
11049 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11052 \begin_inset space ~
11057 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11062 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11063 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11064 environments in a snap.
11067 \begin_layout Standard
11068 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11071 \begin_inset space ~
11083 \begin_layout Labeling
11084 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11098 The possible options are:
11102 \begin_layout Labeling
11103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11108 This is the Roman font family.
11109 Normally a serif font.
11110 It's also the default family.
11115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11127 \begin_inset space ~
11136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11144 \begin_inset Note Note
11147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11148 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11149 It is explained in section
11150 \begin_inset space ~
11154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11156 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11168 \begin_layout Labeling
11169 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11173 \begin_inset space ~
11180 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11199 \begin_inset space ~
11208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11218 \begin_layout Labeling
11219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11226 This is the Typewriter font family.
11233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11245 \begin_inset space ~
11254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11267 \begin_layout Labeling
11268 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11273 This corresponds to the print weight.
11278 \begin_layout Labeling
11279 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11284 This is the Medium font series.
11285 It's also the default series.
11288 \begin_layout Labeling
11289 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11296 This is the Bold font series.
11303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11315 \begin_inset space ~
11324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11335 \begin_layout Labeling
11336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11341 As the name implies.
11346 \begin_layout Labeling
11347 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11352 This is the Upright font shape.
11353 It's also the default shape.
11356 \begin_layout Labeling
11357 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11371 s the Italic font shape
11377 \begin_layout Labeling
11378 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11385 This is the Slanted font shape
11387 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11390 \begin_layout Labeling
11391 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11395 \begin_inset space ~
11402 This is the Small caps font shape
11409 \begin_layout Labeling
11410 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11415 Alters the size of the font.
11416 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11417 nal to the document font size.
11418 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11419 what you want to do.
11424 \begin_layout Labeling
11425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11459 \begin_inset space ~
11468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11491 \begin_inset space ~
11500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11510 \begin_layout Labeling
11511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11545 \begin_inset space ~
11554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11564 \begin_layout Labeling
11565 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11599 \begin_inset space ~
11608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11631 \begin_inset space ~
11640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11650 \begin_layout Labeling
11651 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11685 \begin_inset space ~
11694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11717 \begin_inset space ~
11726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11736 \begin_layout Labeling
11737 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11751 It's also the default size.
11756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11768 \begin_inset space ~
11777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11800 \begin_inset space ~
11809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11819 \begin_layout Labeling
11820 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11854 \begin_inset space ~
11863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11886 \begin_inset space ~
11895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11905 \begin_layout Labeling
11906 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11940 \begin_inset space ~
11949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11972 \begin_inset space ~
11981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11991 \begin_layout Labeling
11992 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12026 \begin_inset space ~
12035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12045 \begin_layout Labeling
12046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12080 \begin_inset space ~
12089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12112 \begin_inset space ~
12121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12131 \begin_layout Labeling
12132 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12166 \begin_inset space ~
12175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12198 \begin_inset space ~
12207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12218 \begin_layout Standard
12223 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12224 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12225 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12226 - use that instead.
12227 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12230 \begin_layout Labeling
12231 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12236 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12241 \begin_layout Labeling
12242 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12249 This is text with emphasize on
12252 This might seem like the same as
12256 , but it is actually a bit different.
12262 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12264 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12267 \begin_layout Labeling
12268 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12275 This is text with Underbar on.
12282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12294 \begin_inset space ~
12303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12313 \begin_inset Newline newline
12318 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12319 when you couldn't change fonts.
12320 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12321 It's only included in LyX because some people
12325 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12328 \begin_layout Labeling
12329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12336 This is text with Noun on.
12343 , this is a logical attribute.
12344 Normally it's equivalent to
12347 \begin_inset space ~
12356 \begin_layout Labeling
12357 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12362 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12363 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12367 \begin_inset space ~
12372 , which is the default
12373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12380 and means normally black, you can choose between
12416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12425 \begin_layout Labeling
12426 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12431 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12432 the language of the document.
12433 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12437 \begin_layout Standard
12438 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12439 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12441 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12443 \begin_inset space ~
12448 dialog, the settings are saved.
12449 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12450 \begin_inset Graphics
12451 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12456 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12457 when the dialog isn't visible.
12461 \begin_layout Standard
12462 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12465 \begin_inset space ~
12471 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12472 (suppose you just set the shape to
12473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12491 \begin_inset space ~
12503 \begin_layout Standard
12504 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12512 \begin_inset space ~
12524 \begin_layout Itemize
12530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12537 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12555 \begin_inset Newline newline
12562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12587 \begin_inset Note Note
12590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12591 For more on phantoms see section
12592 \begin_inset space ~
12596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12598 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12608 \begin_inset Newline newline
12614 \begin_layout Itemize
12619 fonts use characters with serifs.
12620 These are the small
12621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12628 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12629 The following example will show the difference:
12630 \begin_inset Newline newline
12634 \begin_inset Newline newline
12639 text without serifs
12642 \begin_inset Newline newline
12645 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12646 They are therefore used as default font (named
12653 \begin_layout Itemize
12659 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12660 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12663 \begin_layout Standard
12664 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12665 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12668 \begin_layout Section
12669 Printing and Previewing
12672 \begin_layout Subsection
12676 \begin_layout Standard
12677 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12678 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12679 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12680 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12681 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12684 \begin_inset space ~
12692 \begin_layout Standard
12693 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12694 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12695 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12696 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12697 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12698 This happens in two stages:
12701 \begin_layout Enumerate
12702 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12703 generating a file with the extension,
12704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12718 \begin_layout Enumerate
12719 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12723 file to produce printable output.
12727 \begin_layout Subsection
12728 Output file formats
12732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12741 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12748 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12754 File formats ! ASCII
12762 \begin_layout Standard
12763 This file type has the extension
12764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12776 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12780 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12787 \begin_layout Standard
12788 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12790 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12791 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12797 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12803 File formats ! LaTeX
12811 \begin_layout Standard
12812 This file type has the extension
12813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12821 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12824 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12826 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12827 it manually with console commands.
12828 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12829 you view or export your document.
12832 \begin_layout Standard
12833 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12835 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12836 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12853 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12867 \begin_layout Standard
12868 This file type has the extension
12869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12889 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12890 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12891 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12893 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12897 \begin_layout Standard
12898 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12906 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12907 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12912 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12913 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12914 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12915 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12918 \begin_layout Standard
12919 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12921 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12922 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12934 File formats ! PostScript
12942 \begin_layout Standard
12943 This file type has the extension
12944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12956 PostScript was developed by the company
12960 as printer language.
12961 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12963 PostScript can be seen as
12964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12967 programming language
12968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12971 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12976 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12986 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12996 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12999 \begin_layout Standard
13000 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13004 Encapsulated PostScript
13005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13008 (EPS, file extension
13009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13021 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13022 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13023 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
13024 whenever you view or export your document.
13025 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13026 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13027 EPS to avoid this problem.
13030 \begin_layout Standard
13031 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13033 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13034 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13040 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13064 \begin_layout Standard
13065 This file type has the extension
13066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13082 Portable Document Format
13083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13086 (PDF) is developed by
13090 as derivative from PostScript.
13091 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13100 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13101 looks exactly the same.
13104 \begin_layout Standard
13105 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13109 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13110 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13113 (JPG, file extension
13114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13122 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13141 Portable Network Graphics
13142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13145 (PNG, file extension
13146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13158 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13159 in the background to one of these formats.
13160 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13161 will slow down your workflow.
13162 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13165 \begin_layout Standard
13166 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13168 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13171 in three different ways:
13174 \begin_layout Description
13175 PDF This uses the program
13179 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13180 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13184 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13185 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13188 \begin_layout Description
13190 \begin_inset space ~
13193 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13197 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13201 \begin_layout Description
13203 \begin_inset space ~
13206 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13210 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13213 \begin_layout Standard
13214 We recommend to use
13217 \begin_inset space ~
13226 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13232 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13235 \begin_layout Subsection
13240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13249 \begin_layout Standard
13250 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13251 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13255 and choose a file type.
13256 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13259 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13262 you can use the toolbar button
13263 \begin_inset Graphics
13264 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13274 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13276 \begin_inset space ~
13282 \begin_inset Graphics
13283 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13289 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13293 \begin_inset Graphics
13294 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13305 \begin_layout Standard
13306 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13307 viewer window using the menu
13309 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13315 \begin_layout Standard
13316 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13318 To have a real output, export your document.
13321 \begin_layout Subsection
13322 Printing the File from within LyX
13323 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13325 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13332 \begin_layout Standard
13333 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13334 it directly from within LyX.
13335 To print a file, select the menu
13337 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13340 or click on the toolbar button
13341 \begin_inset Graphics
13342 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13347 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13348 This file is then processed by the program
13352 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13357 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13360 \begin_layout Standard
13361 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13362 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13363 printing one set to print on the other side.
13364 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13365 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13366 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13369 \begin_layout Standard
13370 You can set the parameters in the
13373 \begin_inset space ~
13381 \begin_layout Labeling
13382 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13387 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13392 Note that this printer name is for the program
13401 has to be configured for this printer name.
13402 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13403 \begin_inset space ~
13407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13409 reference "sub:Printer"
13418 The printer should understand PostScript.
13421 \begin_layout Labeling
13422 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13427 The name of a file to print to.
13428 The output will be a PostScript file.
13429 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13433 \begin_layout Section
13434 A few Words about Typography
13438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 \begin_layout Subsection
13452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13468 \begin_layout Standard
13470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13481 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13496 \begin_layout Enumerate
13498 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13502 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13520 \begin_layout Enumerate
13522 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13526 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13557 \begin_layout Enumerate
13559 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13563 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13607 \begin_layout Enumerate
13609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13613 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13617 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13635 \begin_layout Standard
13636 You generate them by inserting the
13637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13648 character multiple times in a row.
13649 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13650 final output, but not in LyX.
13653 \begin_layout Standard
13654 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13655 math mode and has a length of its own.
13656 Here are some examples of the
13657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13671 \begin_layout Enumerate
13672 line- and page-breaks
13673 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13683 \begin_layout Enumerate
13685 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13695 \begin_layout Enumerate
13696 Oh --- there's a dash.
13697 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13707 \begin_layout Enumerate
13708 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13712 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13722 \begin_layout Subsection
13727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13736 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13743 \begin_layout Standard
13744 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13745 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13754 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13759 following the rules of the document language
13763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13764 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13772 \begin_inset space ~
13776 \begin_inset space ~
13783 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13794 \begin_layout Standard
13795 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13800 and with unusual constructs, like
13801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13809 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13810 This is done with the menu
13812 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13813 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13815 \begin_inset space ~
13821 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13822 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13825 \begin_layout Standard
13826 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13827 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13828 a hyphen and a space in the form
13829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13837 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13845 as hyphenation possibility.
13846 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13847 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13848 of the LaTeX-box-command
13854 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13855 As LyX doesn't support
13861 , we have to use TeX Code.
13862 The result looks in LyX like:
13865 \begin_layout Standard
13866 \begin_inset Graphics
13867 filename clipart/mbox.png
13874 \begin_layout Standard
13875 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13876 \begin_inset space ~
13880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13882 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13889 \begin_layout Subsection
13894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13903 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13904 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13907 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13914 \begin_layout Standard
13915 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13916 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13917 LaTeX then adds the
13918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13921 appropriate amount of space
13922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13926 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13928 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13931 \begin_layout Standard
13932 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13946 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13947 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13950 \begin_layout Standard
13951 Here are some examples of
13955 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13958 \begin_layout Itemize
13963 \begin_layout Itemize
13968 \begin_layout Standard
13969 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13972 \begin_layout Itemize
13975 this is too much space!
13978 \begin_layout Itemize
13983 \begin_layout Standard
13984 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13987 \begin_layout Standard
13988 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13991 \begin_layout Enumerate
13995 \begin_inset space ~
14000 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14001 \begin_inset space ~
14005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14007 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14016 Spaces ! inter-word
14024 \begin_layout Enumerate
14028 \begin_inset space ~
14033 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14034 \begin_inset space ~
14038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14040 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14057 \begin_layout Enumerate
14061 \begin_inset space ~
14065 \begin_inset space ~
14069 \begin_inset space ~
14076 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14078 \begin_inset space ~
14083 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14084 This function is also bound to
14091 \begin_layout Standard
14092 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14095 \begin_layout Itemize
14097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14101 \begin_inset space \space{}
14104 this is too much space!
14107 \begin_layout Itemize
14108 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14112 \begin_layout Standard
14113 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14114 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14115 LaTeX will care about this.
14118 \begin_layout Standard
14119 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14123 \begin_inset space ~
14128 feature described in section
14139 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14145 Typography ! Quotes
14154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14183 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14192 \begin_layout Standard
14193 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14194 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14195 and use a closing quote at the end.
14197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14205 The keyboard character,
14209 , generates this automatically.
14212 \begin_layout Standard
14213 You can change the behavior of the
14217 key using the submenu
14223 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14231 Document ! Settings
14239 \begin_layout Standard
14240 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14245 There are six choices:
14248 \begin_layout Labeling
14249 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14261 Use quotes like this
14262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14270 \begin_inset Quotes els
14274 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14280 \begin_layout Labeling
14281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14284 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14288 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14294 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14298 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14302 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14308 \begin_layout Labeling
14309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14312 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14316 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14322 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14326 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14330 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14334 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14340 \begin_layout Labeling
14341 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14344 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14348 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14354 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14358 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14362 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14366 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14372 \begin_layout Labeling
14373 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14376 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14380 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14386 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14390 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14394 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14398 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14404 \begin_layout Labeling
14405 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14408 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14412 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14418 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14422 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14426 \begin_inset Quotes als
14430 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14436 \begin_layout Standard
14437 These settings affects what character the
14444 \begin_layout Subsection
14449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14450 Typography ! Ligatures
14459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14490 name "sub:Ligatures"
14497 \begin_layout Standard
14498 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14499 print them as single characters.
14500 These groups are known as
14505 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14507 Here are the standard ligatures:
14510 \begin_layout Itemize
14514 \begin_layout Itemize
14518 \begin_layout Itemize
14522 \begin_layout Itemize
14526 \begin_layout Itemize
14530 \begin_layout Standard
14531 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14534 \begin_layout Standard
14535 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14536 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14544 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14560 To break a ligature, use
14562 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14563 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14565 \begin_inset space ~
14572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14583 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14600 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14608 \begin_layout Subsection
14613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14620 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14622 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14629 \begin_layout Standard
14630 You have surely noticed, that the word
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14638 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14639 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14640 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14660 \begin_inset Note Note
14663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14664 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14672 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14673 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14678 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14682 \begin_layout Description
14683 LyX The name of the game, write
14684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 \begin_layout Description
14706 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14722 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14728 \begin_layout Description
14729 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14751 \begin_layout Description
14752 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14774 \begin_layout Standard
14775 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14780 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14784 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14788 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14789 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14790 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14793 : The actual version is
14794 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14798 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14801 , the previous one was
14802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14812 \begin_layout Standard
14813 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14814 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14816 This will look in LyX like:
14817 \begin_inset Graphics
14818 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14823 \begin_inset Newline newline
14826 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14827 \begin_inset space ~
14831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14833 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14840 \begin_layout Subsection
14845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14854 \begin_layout Standard
14855 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14856 space between two words.
14857 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14867 for units use the menu
14869 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14870 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14872 \begin_inset space ~
14884 \begin_layout Standard
14885 Here's an example to show the differences:
14888 \begin_layout Standard
14889 \begin_inset Tabular
14890 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14892 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14893 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14900 \begin_inset space ~
14904 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14916 space between number and unit
14923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14932 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14944 half space between number and unit
14957 \begin_layout Subsection
14962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14963 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14978 \begin_layout Standard
14979 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14981 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14982 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14983 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14984 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14985 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14986 These bits of text became known as
14997 \begin_layout Standard
14998 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14999 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15000 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15001 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15002 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15003 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15004 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15007 \begin_layout Standard
15008 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15009 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15010 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15011 \begin_inset space ~
15015 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15017 key "latexcompanion"
15022 \begin_inset space ~
15026 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15032 ] may have more information.
15033 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15036 \begin_layout Chapter
15037 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15040 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15048 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15053 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15056 \begin_layout Section
15061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15077 \begin_layout Standard
15078 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15081 \begin_layout Description
15083 \begin_inset space ~
15086 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15087 \begin_inset Newline newline
15091 \begin_inset Note Note
15094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15095 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15103 \begin_layout Description
15104 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15105 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15107 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15108 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15109 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15112 \begin_inset Newline newline
15116 \begin_inset Note Comment
15119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15120 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15128 \begin_layout Description
15130 \begin_inset space ~
15133 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15134 \begin_inset Newline newline
15138 \begin_inset Newline newline
15142 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15151 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15152 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15153 How this can be done is explained in the
15162 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15168 \begin_inset Newline newline
15172 \begin_inset Newline newline
15175 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15176 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15179 \begin_layout Standard
15180 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15181 \begin_inset Graphics
15182 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15184 scaleBeforeRotation
15190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15194 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15197 \begin_layout Section
15202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15211 name "sec:Footnotes"
15218 \begin_layout Standard
15219 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15225 or the toolbar button
15226 \begin_inset Graphics
15227 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15240 \begin_inset Graphics
15241 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15250 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15279 label, the box will
15283 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15284 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15297 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15313 \begin_layout Standard
15314 Here's an example footnote:
15322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15323 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15331 \begin_layout Standard
15332 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15333 position where the footnote box is placed.
15334 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15335 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15336 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15337 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15338 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15343 ey are described in the
15350 \begin_layout Section
15355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15364 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15371 \begin_layout Standard
15372 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15373 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15375 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15377 \begin_inset space ~
15382 or the toolbar button
15383 \begin_inset Graphics
15384 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15411 appearing within your text.
15412 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15422 At the side is an example marginal note.
15426 \begin_inset Marginal
15429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15430 This is a marginal note.
15438 \begin_layout Standard
15439 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15440 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15441 pages, right on odd pages.
15444 \begin_layout Section
15445 Graphics and Images
15449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15468 name "sec:Graphics"
15475 \begin_layout Standard
15476 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15477 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15478 \begin_inset Graphics
15479 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15489 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15492 \begin_layout Standard
15493 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15498 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15499 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15501 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15502 \begin_inset space ~
15506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15508 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15515 \begin_layout Standard
15520 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15521 of the image in the output.
15522 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15526 \begin_inset space ~
15530 \begin_inset space ~
15539 \begin_inset space ~
15543 \begin_inset space ~
15547 \begin_inset space ~
15552 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15553 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15564 LaTeX and LyX options
15566 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15567 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15571 \begin_inset space ~
15576 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15577 with the image size is printed.
15581 \begin_inset space ~
15585 \begin_inset space ~
15589 \begin_inset space ~
15594 is explained in the
15605 \begin_layout Standard
15606 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15607 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15609 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15613 \begin_layout Standard
15615 \begin_inset Graphics
15616 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15618 rotateOrigin center
15625 \begin_layout Standard
15626 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15627 the image into a float, see section
15628 \begin_inset space ~
15632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15634 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15641 \begin_layout Subsection
15646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15655 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15662 \begin_layout Standard
15663 You can insert images in any known file format.
15664 But as we explained in section
15665 \begin_inset space ~
15669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15671 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15675 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15676 LyX uses therefore the program
15680 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15681 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15682 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15683 \begin_inset space ~
15687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15689 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15696 \begin_layout Standard
15697 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15700 \begin_layout Description
15702 \begin_inset space ~
15705 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15706 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15707 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15711 Graphics Interchange Format
15712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15715 (GIF, file extension
15716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15763 Portable Network Graphics
15764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15767 (PNG, file extension
15768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15815 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15819 (JPG, file extension
15820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15878 \begin_layout Description
15880 \begin_inset space ~
15883 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15885 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15886 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15887 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15888 \begin_inset Newline newline
15891 Scalable image formats can be
15892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15895 Scalable Vector Graphics
15896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15899 (SVG, file extension
15900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15947 Encapsulated PostScript
15948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15951 (EPS, file extension
15952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15996 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15999 Portable Document Format
16000 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16003 (PDF, file extension
16004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16026 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16027 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16028 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16034 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16042 \begin_layout Standard
16043 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16047 \begin_layout Subsection
16048 Grouping of Image Settings
16052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16053 Images ! Settings grouping
16061 \begin_layout Standard
16062 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16064 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16065 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16067 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16068 need to manually change each of them.
16072 \begin_layout Standard
16073 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16076 \begin_inset space ~
16080 \begin_inset space ~
16085 field in the Graphics dialog.
16086 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16087 by checking the name of the desired group.
16090 \begin_layout Section
16095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16111 \begin_layout Standard
16112 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16113 \begin_inset Graphics
16114 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16125 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16126 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16127 from the rest of the table.
16128 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16129 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16131 Here's an example table:
16134 \begin_layout Standard
16136 \begin_inset Tabular
16137 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16139 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16342 \begin_layout Subsection
16346 \begin_layout Standard
16347 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16348 brings up the table dialog.
16349 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16350 where the cursor is placed currently.
16351 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16352 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16353 done on all of your selection.
16356 \begin_layout Standard
16357 Additionally to the table dialog the
16360 \begin_inset space ~
16365 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16367 It is for example currently only possible to add
16368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16372 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16375 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16378 \begin_layout Standard
16382 \begin_inset space ~
16387 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16388 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16389 current cell respectively.
16390 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16392 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16393 of text, see section
16394 \begin_inset space ~
16398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16400 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16407 \begin_layout Standard
16408 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16414 This will merge the cells to
16418 cell, spread over more than one column.
16419 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16420 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16421 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16422 in the last row without the upper border:
16425 \begin_layout Standard
16427 \begin_inset Tabular
16428 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16429 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16430 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16431 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16432 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16433 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16444 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16453 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16529 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16564 \begin_layout Standard
16565 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16566 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16567 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16568 explained in the tables section of the
16571 \begin_inset space ~
16577 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16578 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16581 degrees counterclockwise.
16582 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16585 \begin_layout Standard
16586 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 Most DVI-viewers are
16598 able to display rotations.
16606 \begin_layout Standard
16611 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16616 adds lines for all cell borders.
16619 \begin_layout Subsection
16624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16625 Tables ! Longtables
16634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16643 \begin_layout Standard
16644 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16647 \begin_inset space ~
16651 \begin_inset space ~
16660 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16661 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16664 \begin_layout Description
16669 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16670 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16671 except for the first page, if
16674 \begin_inset space ~
16682 \begin_layout Description
16686 \begin_inset space ~
16691 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16692 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16695 \begin_layout Description
16700 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16701 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16702 except for the last page, if
16705 \begin_inset space ~
16713 \begin_layout Description
16717 \begin_inset space ~
16722 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16723 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16726 \begin_layout Description
16727 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16728 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16734 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16737 \begin_inset space ~
16745 \begin_layout Standard
16746 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16747 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16748 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16749 The others will then be defined as
16754 In this context, first means first in this order:
16757 \begin_inset space ~
16769 \begin_inset space ~
16775 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16778 \begin_layout Standard
16780 \begin_inset Tabular
16781 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16782 <features islongtable="true">
16783 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16784 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16785 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16786 <row endfirsthead="true">
16787 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16793 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16798 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16807 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16817 <row endfirsthead="true">
16818 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16829 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16850 <row endhead="true">
16851 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16862 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16871 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16881 <row endhead="true">
16882 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16893 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16902 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16914 <row endfoot="true">
16915 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16926 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16935 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16966 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17916 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17936 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17967 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17998 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18029 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18060 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18091 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18122 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18153 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18215 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18246 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18277 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18308 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18339 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18370 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18432 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18463 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18494 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18525 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18556 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18587 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18618 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18680 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18711 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18742 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18804 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18835 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18866 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <row endlastfoot="true">
18897 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18917 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18934 \begin_layout Subsection
18939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18948 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18955 \begin_layout Standard
18956 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18957 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18958 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18959 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18963 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18964 for the cell's paragraph.
18967 \begin_layout Standard
18968 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18969 for the column in the table dialog.
18970 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18971 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18975 \begin_layout Standard
18977 \begin_inset Tabular
18978 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18980 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18981 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18982 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19002 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19127 This is longer now.
19132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19184 This is longer now.
19189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19215 \begin_layout Standard
19216 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19217 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19222 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19223 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19229 Selection with the mouse or with
19233 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19234 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19235 the selection from outside the table.
19238 \begin_layout Section
19243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19259 \begin_layout Standard
19260 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19261 have a fixed location.
19263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19270 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19278 \begin_inset space ~
19283 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19284 too much notes at the page.
19287 \begin_layout Standard
19288 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19289 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19290 and pages without text.
19291 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19292 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19293 Floats are therefore numbered.
19294 Referencing is described in section
19295 \begin_inset space ~
19299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19301 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19308 \begin_layout Standard
19309 To insert a float, use the menu
19311 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19315 A box with a caption that has e.
19316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19320 \begin_inset space ~
19324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19328 \begin_inset space ~
19332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19335 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19336 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19338 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19348 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19349 paragraph within the float.
19350 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19351 by left-clicking on the box label.
19352 A closed float box looks like this:
19353 \begin_inset Graphics
19354 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19359 -- a gray button with a red label.
19362 \begin_layout Standard
19363 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19364 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19367 \begin_layout Subsection
19371 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19377 Floats ! Figure floats
19383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19385 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19392 \begin_layout Standard
19395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19396 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19399 inserts a float with the label
19400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19406 \begin_inset space ~
19412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19416 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19417 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19418 This is what we did for Figure
19419 \begin_inset space ~
19423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19425 reference "cap:Platypus"
19430 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19431 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19432 This was done in Figure
19433 \begin_inset space ~
19437 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19439 reference "cap:Escher"
19446 \begin_layout Standard
19447 \begin_inset Float figure
19452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19454 \begin_inset Graphics
19455 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19457 rotateOrigin center
19464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 \begin_inset Caption
19467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19470 name "cap:Platypus"
19474 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19487 \begin_layout Standard
19488 \begin_inset Float figure
19493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19494 \begin_inset Caption
19496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19514 \begin_inset Graphics
19515 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19517 rotateOrigin center
19529 \begin_layout Standard
19530 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19532 As described in section
19533 \begin_inset space ~
19537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19539 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19543 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19545 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19548 and refer to it using the menu
19550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19554 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19563 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19575 \begin_layout Standard
19576 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19577 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19578 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19579 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19581 \begin_inset space ~
19585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19587 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19591 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19592 You can also set the images one below the other.
19594 \begin_inset space ~
19598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19600 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19607 reference "fig:Platypus"
19611 are the subfigures.
19614 \begin_layout Standard
19615 \begin_inset Float figure
19620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19621 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19625 \begin_inset Float figure
19630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19631 \begin_inset Caption
19633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19636 name "fig:Undefinable"
19648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19649 \begin_inset Graphics
19650 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19661 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19665 \begin_inset Float figure
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 \begin_inset Caption
19673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19674 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19676 name "fig:Platypus"
19688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19689 \begin_inset Graphics
19690 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19702 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19709 \begin_inset Caption
19711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19712 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19714 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19718 Two distorted images.
19731 \begin_layout Standard
19732 Note that the caption is added to the
19735 \begin_inset space ~
19739 \begin_inset space ~
19744 as described in section
19745 \begin_inset space ~
19749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19751 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19758 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19764 Floats ! Table floats
19770 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19772 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19779 \begin_layout Standard
19780 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19782 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19783 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19787 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19790 \begin_inset space ~
19794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19796 reference "cap:Table-float"
19800 is an example of a table float.
19803 \begin_layout Standard
19804 \begin_inset Float table
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19810 \begin_inset Caption
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19815 name "cap:Table-float"
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 \begin_inset Tabular
19830 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19832 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19833 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19834 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19961 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19982 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19984 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20005 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20026 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20032 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20040 \begin_layout Standard
20041 This float type is inserted with the menu
20043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20044 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20048 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20049 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20053 , described in section
20054 \begin_inset space ~
20058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20060 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20067 \begin_layout Standard
20068 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20076 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20082 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20085 \begin_layout Standard
20090 floatname{algorithm}{your
20091 \begin_inset space ~
20097 \begin_layout Standard
20098 to the document preamble (menu
20100 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20107 \begin_inset space ~
20113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20127 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20133 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20141 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20148 \begin_layout Standard
20149 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20157 \begin_inset Graphics
20158 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20160 rotateOrigin center
20167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20168 \begin_inset Caption
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20173 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20177 This is a wrapped figure.
20178 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20191 This float type is used if you want to
20192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20199 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20201 It can be inserted using the menu
20203 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20204 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20206 \begin_inset space ~
20211 if the LaTeX-package
20219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20220 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20230 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20233 \begin_inset space ~
20243 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20246 \begin_inset space ~
20250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20252 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20256 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20257 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20265 Available units are explained in Appendix
20266 \begin_inset space ~
20270 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20272 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20281 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20285 \begin_layout Standard
20286 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20294 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20295 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20296 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20297 over some other text.
20305 \begin_layout Itemize
20306 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20307 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20308 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20309 breaks will appear.
20312 \begin_layout Itemize
20313 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20314 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20317 \begin_layout Itemize
20318 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20319 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20322 \begin_layout Itemize
20323 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20326 \begin_layout Subsection
20328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20330 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20347 \begin_layout Standard
20348 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20349 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20353 \begin_inset space ~
20361 \begin_layout Standard
20362 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20363 have a multi-column document).
20364 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20367 \begin_inset space ~
20373 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20374 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20381 \begin_layout Standard
20382 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20383 format is also the same: Table
20384 \begin_inset space ~
20388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20390 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20394 is an example of a rotated table float.
20397 \begin_layout Standard
20398 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20406 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20414 \begin_layout Standard
20415 \begin_inset Float table
20420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20421 \begin_inset Caption
20423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20424 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20426 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20440 \begin_inset Tabular
20441 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20443 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20446 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20447 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20507 \begin_layout Subsection
20509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20511 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20528 \begin_layout Standard
20529 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20530 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20531 \begin_inset Newline newline
20537 \begin_inset space ~
20542 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20543 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20545 \begin_inset Newline newline
20551 \begin_inset space ~
20556 is used to rotate floats, see section
20557 \begin_inset space ~
20561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20563 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20570 \begin_layout Standard
20571 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20572 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20575 \begin_inset space ~
20579 \begin_inset space ~
20587 \begin_layout Description
20589 \begin_inset space ~
20593 \begin_inset space ~
20596 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20599 \begin_layout Description
20601 \begin_inset space ~
20605 \begin_inset space ~
20608 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20611 \begin_layout Description
20613 \begin_inset space ~
20617 \begin_inset space ~
20620 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20623 \begin_layout Description
20625 \begin_inset space ~
20629 \begin_inset space ~
20632 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20635 \begin_layout Standard
20636 The order of the above option is
20641 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20645 \begin_inset space ~
20649 \begin_inset space ~
20657 \begin_inset space ~
20661 \begin_inset space ~
20666 , and then the others.
20667 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20669 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20670 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20673 \begin_layout Standard
20674 By default, each options has its own rules:
20677 \begin_layout Standard
20681 \begin_inset space ~
20685 \begin_inset space ~
20690 only floats occupying less than 70
20691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20694 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20697 \begin_layout Standard
20701 \begin_inset space ~
20705 \begin_inset space ~
20710 : only floats occupying less than 30
20711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20714 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20717 \begin_layout Standard
20721 \begin_inset space ~
20725 \begin_inset space ~
20730 : only if more than 50
20731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20734 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20738 \begin_layout Standard
20739 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20743 \begin_inset space ~
20747 \begin_inset space ~
20755 \begin_layout Standard
20756 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20757 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20758 For this case you can use the option
20761 \begin_inset space ~
20767 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20769 Because the float is then no longer able to
20770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20777 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20780 \begin_layout Standard
20781 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20782 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20785 \begin_layout Standard
20786 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20788 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20790 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20797 \begin_layout Section
20802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20811 name "sec:Minipages"
20818 \begin_layout Standard
20819 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20821 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20822 \begin_inset space ~
20829 \begin_layout Standard
20830 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20836 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20837 and its alignment within the page.
20840 \begin_layout Standard
20842 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20851 height_special "totalheight"
20854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20857 This is a minipage.
20858 The text is set in an italic style.
20861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20864 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20865 another formatting.
20873 \begin_layout Standard
20874 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20877 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20881 as described in section
20882 \begin_inset space ~
20886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20888 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20893 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20899 \begin_layout Standard
20900 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20909 height_special "totalheight"
20912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20913 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20914 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20920 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20924 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20933 height_special "totalheight"
20936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20937 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20938 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20946 \begin_layout Standard
20947 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20953 \begin_layout Standard
20954 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20955 to other box types.
20956 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20967 \begin_layout Chapter
20968 Mathematical Formulas
20972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21013 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21020 \begin_layout Standard
21021 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21026 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21029 \begin_layout Section
21034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21043 \begin_layout Standard
21044 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21045 \begin_inset Graphics
21046 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21051 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21053 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21054 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21055 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21057 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21063 \begin_layout Standard
21064 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21068 \begin_inset space ~
21073 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21076 \begin_layout Standard
21077 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21078 line, like this one:
21081 \begin_layout Standard
21082 This is a line with an inline formula
21083 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21089 \begin_layout Standard
21090 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21092 \begin_inset Formula \[
21097 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21100 \begin_layout Standard
21101 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21117 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21118 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21122 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21125 \begin_inset space ~
21133 \begin_layout Subsection
21134 Navigating in Formulas
21138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21147 \begin_layout Standard
21148 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21149 achieved with the arrow keys.
21150 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21151 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21156 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21157 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21161 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21165 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21167 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21175 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21180 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21181 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21189 , printed in this document as
21190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21211 \begin_inset Note Note
21214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21215 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21216 space character (visible space).
21221 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21222 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21223 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21228 For example, if you want
21229 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21283 , since in the latter case only the
21286 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21291 will be under the square root sign:
21292 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21298 \begin_layout Standard
21299 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21301 \begin_inset Formula \[
21302 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21305 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21309 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21310 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21313 \begin_layout Subsection
21317 \begin_layout Standard
21318 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21319 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21323 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21324 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21325 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21326 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21327 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21330 \begin_layout Subsection
21331 Exponents and Subscripts
21335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21354 \begin_layout Standard
21355 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21356 way is to use a command.
21358 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21361 , type in a formula
21367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21383 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21389 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21393 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21414 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21423 , you have to use an extra
21427 to separate the hat and the character.
21430 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21451 Subscripts are similar: To get
21452 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21475 \begin_layout Subsection
21480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21489 \begin_layout Standard
21490 Create a fraction with either the command
21497 \begin_inset Graphics
21498 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21506 \begin_inset space ~
21512 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21513 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21514 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21519 To move back up, press
21524 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21525 \begin_inset Formula \[
21526 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21528 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21535 \begin_layout Subsection
21540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21549 \begin_layout Standard
21550 Roots can be created using the
21553 \begin_inset space ~
21559 \begin_inset Graphics
21560 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21583 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21589 produces always a square root.
21592 \begin_layout Subsection
21593 Operators with Limits
21597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21616 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21623 \begin_layout Standard
21625 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21629 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21632 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21633 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21634 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21635 The sum operator will automatically place its
21636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21643 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21646 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21650 \begin_inset Formula \[
21651 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21655 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21659 \begin_layout Standard
21660 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21662 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21663 behind the operator and hitting
21669 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21670 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21672 \begin_inset space ~
21676 \begin_inset space ~
21684 \begin_layout Standard
21685 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21693 feature as addition, such as
21697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21704 \begin_inset Formula \[
21705 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21709 which will place the
21710 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21722 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21723 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21729 \begin_layout Standard
21730 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21737 Have a look at section
21738 \begin_inset space ~
21742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21744 reference "sub:Functions"
21748 for an explanation of function macros.
21751 \begin_layout Subsection
21756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21765 \begin_layout Standard
21766 Most math symbols can be found in the
21769 \begin_inset space ~
21774 under one of several categories; including
21791 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21795 \begin_layout Standard
21796 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21797 you don't have to use the
21800 \begin_inset space ~
21805 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21806 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21809 \begin_layout Subsection
21814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21823 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21831 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21840 \begin_inset space ~
21846 \begin_inset Graphics
21847 filename ../images/math/space.png
21852 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21853 Here a example for the sequence
21858 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21862 \begin_inset Graphics
21863 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21868 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21869 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21870 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21871 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21876 \begin_layout Standard
21886 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21892 \begin_layout Standard
21902 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21908 \begin_layout Subsection
21913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21920 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21922 name "sub:Functions"
21929 \begin_layout Standard
21933 \begin_inset space ~
21938 contains under the button
21939 \begin_inset Graphics
21940 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21944 a number of functions, such as
21945 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21949 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21957 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21964 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21965 avoid confusions, because
21966 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21970 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21976 \begin_layout Standard
21977 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21979 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21983 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21989 \begin_layout Standard
21990 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21991 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21992 \begin_inset space ~
21996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21998 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22005 \begin_layout Subsection
22010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22019 \begin_layout Standard
22020 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22022 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22023 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
22025 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22028 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22029 Our example is entered by typing
22037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22050 \begin_inset space ~
22054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22056 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22060 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22063 \begin_layout Standard
22064 \begin_inset Float table
22069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22070 \begin_inset Caption
22072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22073 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22075 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22079 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22089 \begin_inset Tabular
22090 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22092 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22178 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22232 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22286 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22340 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22394 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22448 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22502 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22556 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22610 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22655 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22676 \begin_layout Standard
22677 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22680 \begin_inset space ~
22686 \begin_inset Graphics
22687 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22691 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22695 \begin_layout Section
22696 Brackets and Delimiters
22700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22719 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22726 \begin_layout Standard
22727 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22728 For most purposes, using just the keys
22733 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22734 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22737 \begin_inset space ~
22743 \begin_inset Graphics
22744 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22749 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22751 \begin_inset Formula \[
22752 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22754 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22758 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22759 \begin_inset Formula \[
22760 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22767 \begin_layout Standard
22768 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22769 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22772 \begin_layout Standard
22773 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22774 left side and right side.
22775 If you use the option
22778 \begin_inset space ~
22783 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22784 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22785 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22786 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22789 \begin_layout Standard
22790 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22791 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22792 inside the brackets.
22793 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22798 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22801 \begin_layout Standard
22802 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22803 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22813 \begin_layout Section
22818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22827 name "sec:Grouping"
22834 \begin_layout Standard
22835 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22836 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22847 \begin_layout Standard
22848 \begin_inset Formula \[
22849 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22856 \begin_layout Standard
22857 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22872 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22873 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22874 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22877 \begin_layout Section
22878 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22903 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22911 \begin_layout Standard
22912 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22915 \begin_inset space ~
22921 \begin_inset Graphics
22922 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22927 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22928 Here is an example:
22929 \begin_inset Formula \[
22930 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22933 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22937 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22938 \begin_inset space ~
22942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22944 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22949 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22950 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22951 This alignment is set in the box
22956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23004 for every column as default.
23005 For example, the sequence
23006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23017 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23018 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23019 corresponds to the relevant column.
23020 The result will look like this:
23021 \begin_inset Formula \[
23023 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23024 column & has & has\, right\\
23025 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
23032 \begin_layout Standard
23033 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23037 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23038 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23040 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23046 \begin_layout Standard
23047 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23048 It can be created with the menu
23050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23051 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23053 \begin_inset space ~
23066 \begin_inset Formula \[
23070 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23077 \begin_layout Standard
23078 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23081 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23089 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23098 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23103 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23106 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23107 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23108 A new row is created by every further hit of
23116 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23117 Here is an example:
23118 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23119 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23120 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23124 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23125 where you want to start the shift and hit
23130 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23131 position to the next column.
23132 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23133 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23134 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23135 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23142 \begin_layout Standard
23143 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23150 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23151 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23154 reference "eq:asquared"
23159 The other types are described in section
23160 \begin_inset space ~
23164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23166 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23173 \begin_layout Section
23174 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23179 Math ! Formula numbering
23188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23189 Math ! Referencing formulas
23195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23197 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23204 \begin_layout Standard
23205 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23207 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23208 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23210 \begin_inset space ~
23218 \begin_inset space ~
23224 The formula number appears in LyX as
23225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23232 within parentheses.
23234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23241 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23243 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23244 the document class.
23245 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23246 separated by a dot:
23247 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23248 1+1=2\end{equation}
23255 \begin_inset space ~
23260 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23261 You can only number displayed formulas.
23264 \begin_layout Standard
23265 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23267 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23268 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23270 \begin_inset space ~
23274 \begin_inset space ~
23278 \begin_inset space ~
23286 \begin_inset space ~
23291 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23292 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23294 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23295 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23299 To number all lines use the shortcut
23302 \begin_inset space ~
23310 \begin_layout Standard
23311 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23314 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23315 A label is inserted with the menu
23317 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23320 when the cursor is in the formula.
23321 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23322 It is recommended to use the proposed
23323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23334 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23335 type when you have many labels in your document.
23336 We inserted in the following example the label
23337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23344 in the second line:
23345 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23346 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23347 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23351 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23352 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23362 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23366 \begin_inset space ~
23372 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23373 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23374 as the formula number:
23377 \begin_layout Standard
23378 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23381 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23388 \begin_layout Standard
23389 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23390 \begin_inset space ~
23394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23396 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23401 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23407 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23412 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23420 \begin_layout Section
23421 User defined math macros
23425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23434 name "sec:math-macros"
23441 \begin_layout Standard
23442 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23443 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23444 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23446 \begin_inset Newline newline
23449 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23450 \begin_inset Formula \[
23451 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23455 The general form of its solution is:
23456 \begin_inset Formula \[
23457 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23464 \begin_layout Standard
23465 The macro should print the parameters
23466 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23470 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23474 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23477 like in the equation above.
23480 \begin_layout Standard
23481 A macro is created by executing the command
23484 \begin_layout Standard
23491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23514 \begin_inset space ~
23518 \begin_inset space ~
23524 \begin_layout Standard
23525 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23526 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23527 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23528 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23532 \begin_layout Standard
23533 We have three arguments and name the macro
23534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23541 , so that the command is:
23544 \begin_layout Standard
23551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23576 \begin_layout Standard
23577 This results in the following macro definition box:
23578 \begin_inset Graphics
23579 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23584 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23585 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23586 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23590 \begin_inset Note Note
23593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23594 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23595 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23603 \begin_layout Standard
23604 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23605 the math panel or commands.
23606 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23607 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23618 for the first argument.
23619 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23620 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23621 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23622 in LyX with its full size.
23623 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23624 In our example we insert the sequence
23625 \begin_inset Newline newline
23653 \begin_inset Newline newline
23658 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23661 \begin_layout Standard
23662 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23677 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23680 \begin_layout Standard
23682 \begin_inset Graphics
23683 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23690 \begin_layout Standard
23691 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23692 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23693 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23694 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23695 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23698 \begin_layout Standard
23699 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23700 to the new definition.
23701 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23702 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23706 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23710 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23714 \begin_inset Formula \[
23722 \begin_layout Standard
23723 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23727 \begin_layout Standard
23741 \begin_inset Newline newline
23748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23774 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23777 \begin_layout Standard
23778 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23779 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23780 definition box in your document.
23781 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23783 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23785 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23790 \begin_layout Section
23794 \begin_layout Subsection
23799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23808 \begin_layout Standard
23809 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23810 To set a font in a formula, use the
23813 \begin_inset space ~
23819 \begin_inset Graphics
23820 filename ../images/math/font.png
23824 , or enter its command, listed in table
23825 \begin_inset space ~
23829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23831 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23838 \begin_layout Standard
23839 \begin_inset Float table
23844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23845 \begin_inset Caption
23847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23850 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23854 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23864 \begin_inset Tabular
23865 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23867 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23868 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23900 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23927 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23954 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23987 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24014 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24041 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24075 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24102 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24136 \begin_layout Standard
24137 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24145 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24161 \begin_layout Standard
24162 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24163 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24168 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24169 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24170 Here an example where a
24171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24182 denotes the set of numbers:
24183 \begin_inset Formula \[
24184 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24191 \begin_layout Standard
24192 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24203 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24207 \begin_inset Newline newline
24210 So better don't use this feature.
24213 \begin_layout Standard
24214 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24215 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24219 \begin_inset Newline newline
24222 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24228 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24229 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24235 \begin_layout Standard
24242 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24245 \begin_layout Standard
24246 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24248 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24249 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24251 \begin_inset space ~
24259 \begin_layout Subsection
24264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24273 \begin_layout Standard
24274 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24276 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24280 \begin_inset space ~
24284 \begin_inset space ~
24292 \begin_inset space ~
24298 \begin_inset Graphics
24299 filename ../images/math/font.png
24303 (alternatively the shortcut
24306 \begin_inset space ~
24312 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24313 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24314 Here is an example:
24315 \begin_inset Formula \[
24317 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24318 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24325 \begin_layout Subsection
24330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24339 \begin_layout Standard
24340 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24341 automatically chosen in most situations.
24359 For most characters,
24367 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24368 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24373 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24374 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24375 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24376 \begin_inset Graphics
24377 filename ../images/math/style.png
24382 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24383 For example, you can set
24384 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24387 , which is normally in
24396 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24400 The four styles are used in the following example:
24403 \begin_layout Standard
24404 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24408 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24412 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24416 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24422 \begin_layout Standard
24423 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24424 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24426 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24428 \begin_inset space ~
24433 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24434 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24435 will be adjusted to correspond.
24436 As example a formula in the font size
24437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24447 \begin_layout Standard
24451 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24457 \begin_layout Section
24461 \begin_layout Standard
24462 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24463 the document classes and into layout modules.
24467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24473 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24474 other than the AMS classes.
24476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24478 reference "sub:Modules"
24482 for more on layout modules.
24485 \begin_layout Section
24490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24509 \begin_layout Standard
24510 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24511 (AMS) that are in common use.
24514 \begin_layout Subsection
24515 Enabling AMS-Support
24518 \begin_layout Standard
24519 Selecting the checkbox
24522 \begin_inset space ~
24526 \begin_inset space ~
24530 \begin_inset space ~
24537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24545 Document ! Settings
24553 \begin_inset space ~
24558 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24560 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24561 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24564 \begin_layout Subsection
24566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24568 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24577 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24585 \begin_layout Standard
24586 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24587 LyX allows you to choose between
24608 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24611 \begin_layout Chapter
24615 \begin_layout Section
24620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24629 name "sec:Cross-References"
24636 \begin_layout Standard
24637 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24638 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24640 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24641 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24642 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24645 \begin_layout Enumerate
24649 \begin_layout Enumerate
24650 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24652 name "enu:Second-item"
24659 \begin_layout Enumerate
24663 \begin_layout Standard
24664 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24666 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24669 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24670 \begin_inset Graphics
24671 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24677 A grey label box like this:
24678 \begin_inset Graphics
24679 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24684 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24685 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24720 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24721 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24736 \begin_layout Standard
24737 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24739 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24742 or the toolbar button
24743 \begin_inset Graphics
24744 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24750 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24751 \begin_inset Graphics
24752 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24757 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24759 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24772 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24774 Here is our cross-reference:
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24779 \begin_inset space ~
24783 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24785 reference "enu:Second-item"
24792 \begin_layout Standard
24793 It is recommended to use a protected space
24797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24798 described in section
24799 \begin_inset space ~
24803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24805 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24814 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24818 \begin_layout Standard
24819 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24822 \begin_layout Description
24823 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24826 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24833 \begin_layout Description
24834 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24835 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24847 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24854 \begin_layout Description
24855 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24856 \begin_inset space ~
24860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24861 LatexCommand pageref
24862 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24869 \begin_layout Description
24871 \begin_inset space ~
24875 \begin_inset space ~
24878 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24880 LatexCommand vpageref
24881 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24888 \begin_layout Description
24890 \begin_inset space ~
24894 \begin_inset space ~
24898 \begin_inset space ~
24901 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24905 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24912 \begin_layout Description
24914 \begin_inset space ~
24917 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24918 \begin_inset Newline newline
24922 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24930 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24939 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24952 \begin_layout Standard
24953 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24954 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24960 \begin_inset space ~
24964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24978 \begin_layout Standard
24979 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24980 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24981 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24985 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24989 \begin_layout Standard
24990 You can only use the style
24994 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24998 is always possible.
25001 \begin_layout Standard
25002 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
25003 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
25004 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
25005 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25006 \begin_inset space ~
25010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25012 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25019 \begin_layout Standard
25023 \begin_inset space ~
25027 \begin_inset space ~
25032 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
25033 The button text changes then to
25036 \begin_inset space ~
25041 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25042 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
25043 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
25047 \begin_layout Standard
25048 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
25049 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
25050 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25053 \begin_layout Standard
25054 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
25055 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25058 \begin_layout Standard
25059 References are described in detail in the
25066 \begin_layout Section
25067 Table of Contents and other Listings
25071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25088 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25097 \begin_layout Subsection
25099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25101 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25108 \begin_layout Standard
25109 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25112 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25114 \begin_inset space ~
25118 \begin_inset space ~
25124 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25125 If you click on it, the
25129 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25130 sections in your documents.
25131 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25133 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25136 that is described in sec.
25137 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25143 reference "sec:Navigating"
25150 \begin_layout Standard
25151 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25152 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25154 \begin_inset space ~
25158 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25160 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25164 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25166 \begin_inset space ~
25170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25172 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25176 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25178 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25181 \begin_layout Subsection
25182 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25183 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25185 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25192 \begin_layout Standard
25193 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25194 You can insert them via the
25196 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25198 \begin_inset space ~
25202 \begin_inset space ~
25208 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25211 \begin_layout Section
25212 URLs and Hyperlinks
25216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25235 \begin_layout Subsection
25237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25246 \begin_layout Standard
25247 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25255 \begin_layout Standard
25256 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25257 \begin_inset Flex URL
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25270 \begin_layout Standard
25271 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25277 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25281 \begin_layout Standard
25282 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25290 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25298 \begin_layout Subsection
25300 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25302 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25309 \begin_layout Standard
25310 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25315 or with the toolbar button
25316 \begin_inset Graphics
25317 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25318 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25323 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25332 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25333 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25334 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25336 name "LyX's homepage"
25337 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25341 , an Email address like this:
25342 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25344 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25345 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25350 , or a link to a file.
25353 \begin_layout Standard
25354 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25367 to the link target.
25370 \begin_layout Standard
25371 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25372 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25373 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25374 the text style dialog.
25375 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25379 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25381 name "LyX's homepage"
25382 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25389 \begin_layout Standard
25390 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25394 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25396 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25397 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25401 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25403 \begin_inset Newline newline
25411 \begin_inset Newline newline
25418 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25421 \begin_layout Section
25426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25435 name "sec:Appendices"
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25443 Appendices are created with the menu
25445 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25447 \begin_inset space ~
25451 \begin_inset space ~
25457 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25458 as appendix region.
25459 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25462 \begin_layout Standard
25463 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25464 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25465 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25466 and the subsection number.
25467 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25471 \begin_layout Standard
25473 \begin_inset space ~
25477 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25479 reference "cha:Credits"
25484 \begin_inset space ~
25488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25490 reference "sub:Export"
25497 \begin_layout Section
25502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25511 name "sec:Bibliography"
25518 \begin_layout Standard
25519 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25520 You can include a bibliography database
25524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25525 Known under the name
25526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25538 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25540 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25544 , described in section
25545 \begin_inset space ~
25549 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25551 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25558 \begin_layout Standard
25563 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25565 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25574 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25576 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25585 , a short form of its title, as key.
25588 \begin_layout Standard
25589 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25594 or the toolbar button
25595 \begin_inset Graphics
25596 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25597 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25602 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25603 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25604 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25605 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25609 \begin_layout Standard
25610 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25611 with surrounding brackets.
25616 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25617 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25629 \begin_layout Standard
25632 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25635 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25637 key "latexcompanion"
25644 \begin_layout Standard
25645 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25646 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25655 \begin_layout Subsection
25656 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25661 Bibliography ! Databases
25670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25671 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25679 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25686 \begin_layout Standard
25687 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25689 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25691 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25692 your working field in a database.
25693 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25694 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25697 \begin_layout Standard
25698 The database is a text file with the file extension
25699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25710 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25711 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25712 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25714 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25719 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25721 \begin_inset Newline newline
25725 \begin_inset Flex URL
25728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25730 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25736 \begin_inset Newline newline
25739 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25742 \begin_layout Standard
25743 To use a database, use the menu
25745 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25750 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25763 \begin_inset space ~
25769 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25770 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25773 \begin_layout Standard
25774 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25786 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25787 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25788 take care of the layout.
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25792 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25795 \begin_layout Standard
25796 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25802 \begin_layout Standard
25803 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25805 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25839 \begin_inset space ~
25845 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25853 \begin_layout Standard
25854 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25860 \begin_layout Standard
25861 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25862 the two methods of creating them.
25863 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25864 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25865 We used the style file
25869 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25872 \begin_layout Subsection
25873 Bibliography layout
25877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25878 Bibliography ! Layout
25886 \begin_layout Standard
25887 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25888 For this feature you need to use the option
25894 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25902 Document ! Settings
25912 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25913 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25914 in the previous section.
25917 \begin_layout Standard
25918 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25919 in the citation reference window.
25920 Here an example where we set the text
25921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25925 \begin_inset space ~
25929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25932 to appear after the reference:
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25937 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25940 key "latexcompanion"
25947 \begin_layout Section
25952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25968 \begin_layout Standard
25969 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25971 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25973 \begin_inset space ~
25978 or the toolbar button
25979 \begin_inset Graphics
25980 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25981 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25998 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25999 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26000 by LyX as index entry.
26003 \begin_layout Standard
26004 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26005 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26007 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26009 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26016 \begin_layout Standard
26017 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
26020 \begin_layout Standard
26021 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
26023 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26025 \begin_inset space ~
26029 \begin_inset space ~
26032 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26034 \begin_inset space ~
26040 A light blue box labeled
26041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26052 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26053 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26056 \begin_layout Subsection
26057 Grouping Index Entries
26061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26070 \begin_layout Standard
26071 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26073 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26074 lists under the entry
26075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26083 First we create the entry
26084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26092 \begin_inset space ~
26096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26098 reference "sub:Lists"
26103 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26104 \begin_inset space ~
26108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26110 reference "sec:Itemize"
26114 , we insert the command
26117 \begin_layout Standard
26123 \begin_layout Standard
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26133 \begin_layout Standard
26134 for the enumerated list in section
26135 \begin_inset space ~
26139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26141 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26148 \begin_layout Standard
26149 The exclamation mark
26150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26157 marks the grouping levels.
26158 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26159 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26160 If we don't have an index entry for
26161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26168 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26171 \begin_layout Subsection
26176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26177 Index ! Page ranges
26185 \begin_layout Standard
26186 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26188 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26189 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26191 \begin_inset space ~
26195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26197 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26204 \begin_layout Standard
26207 Paragraph environments|(
26210 \begin_layout Standard
26211 and another entry at the end of section
26212 \begin_inset space ~
26216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26218 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26228 Paragraph environments|)
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26256 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26257 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26258 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26259 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26260 An example is the index entry
26261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26264 Document ! Settings
26265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26271 \begin_layout Subsection
26276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26277 Index ! Cross referencing
26285 \begin_layout Standard
26286 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26287 We referred for example in the index entry
26288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26296 \begin_inset space ~
26300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26302 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26306 ) to the index entry
26307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26314 in the same section using the entry
26317 \begin_layout Standard
26320 GIF|see{Image formats}
26323 \begin_layout Standard
26324 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26325 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26326 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26329 \begin_layout Subsection
26334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26335 Index ! Entry order
26343 \begin_layout Standard
26344 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26345 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26346 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26351 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26353 \begin_inset space ~
26357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26359 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26368 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26369 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26398 Dummy entries ! maïs
26407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26408 Dummy entries ! maître
26417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26418 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26423 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26424 order maïs, maison, maître.
26425 To achieve this, we use the command
26428 \begin_layout Standard
26431 previous entry@current entry
26434 \begin_layout Standard
26435 In our case we want to have
26436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26451 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26454 \begin_layout Standard
26460 \begin_layout Standard
26461 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26462 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26466 \begin_layout Subsection
26471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26472 Index ! Entry layout
26480 \begin_layout Standard
26481 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26488 This is an italic dummy entry
26493 You can also format the page number using the character
26494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26501 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26502 We can write for example
26505 \begin_layout Standard
26508 italic page number:|textit
26511 \begin_layout Standard
26512 to get the page number in italic.
26516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26517 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26522 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26540 \begin_inset space ~
26546 Have a look at section
26547 \begin_inset space ~
26551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26553 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26557 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26561 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26569 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26573 to generate the index, see section
26574 \begin_inset space ~
26578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26580 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26589 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26590 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26592 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26595 key "latexcompanion"
26607 \begin_layout Standard
26608 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26610 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26611 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26612 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26613 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26614 If so, put the following in preamble
26617 \begin_layout Standard
26629 \begin_layout Standard
26633 \begin_layout Standard
26639 \begin_layout Standard
26640 into the index entry.
26644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26645 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26650 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26651 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26652 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26655 \begin_layout Standard
26656 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26658 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26662 \begin_inset space ~
26665 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26666 for all index entries.
26667 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26679 documentation for details,
26680 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26682 key "makeindex,xindy"
26689 \begin_layout Subsection
26694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26701 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26703 name "sub:Index-Program"
26710 \begin_layout Standard
26711 When the index entry program
26715 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26716 generation, otherwise the program
26720 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26721 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26722 dialog, see section
26723 \begin_inset space ~
26727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26729 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26734 The available options are listed and explained in
26735 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26737 key "makeindex,xindy"
26742 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26745 \begin_layout Standard
26750 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26751 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26753 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26755 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26756 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26764 \begin_layout Section
26765 Nomenclature / Glossary
26769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26810 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26817 \begin_layout Standard
26818 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26819 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26823 \begin_layout Standard
26824 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26833 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26839 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26840 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26846 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26849 \begin_layout Standard
26850 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26851 and then use the menu
26853 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26859 \begin_inset space ~
26864 or the toolbar button
26865 \begin_inset Graphics
26866 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26867 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26873 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26884 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26887 \begin_layout Standard
26888 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26889 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26890 The second is the description of the symbol.
26893 \begin_layout Standard
26894 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26902 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26910 \begin_layout Subsection
26911 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26916 Nomenclature ! Layout
26924 \begin_layout Standard
26925 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26929 field as LaTeX-formula.
26931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26935 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26943 \begin_inset Newline newline
26951 \begin_inset Newline newline
26957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26964 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26965 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26977 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26987 \begin_layout Standard
26988 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26989 \begin_inset space ~
26993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26995 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27002 \begin_layout Standard
27006 \begin_inset space ~
27011 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27012 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27017 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27024 in this document is:
27025 \begin_inset Newline newline
27030 dummy entry for the character
27035 \begin_inset Newline newline
27047 \begin_inset space ~
27057 font use the command
27086 \begin_layout Subsection
27087 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27092 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27100 \begin_layout Standard
27101 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27102 the symbol definition.
27103 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27104 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27107 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27108 LatexCommand nomenclature
27110 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27117 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27121 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27122 LatexCommand nomenclature
27125 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27130 They will be sorted by
27131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27157 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27160 will be sorted before the
27164 since the character
27165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27172 is considered in sorting.
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27176 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27179 \begin_inset space ~
27184 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27185 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27187 For the given example, you can insert
27191 to this field for the
27192 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27199 will be located before
27200 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27206 \begin_layout Standard
27207 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27212 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27221 \begin_layout Subsection
27222 Nomenclature Options
27226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27227 Nomenclature ! Options
27235 \begin_layout Standard
27240 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27241 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27244 \begin_layout Description
27245 refeq Appends the phrase
27246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27258 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27261 to every nomenclature entry, where
27267 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27270 \begin_layout Description
27271 refpage Appends the phrase
27272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27287 to every nomenclature entry, where
27293 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27296 \begin_layout Description
27297 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27300 \begin_layout Standard
27301 There are furthermore the options
27345 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27349 \begin_layout Standard
27350 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27351 class options list in the
27353 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27357 In this document the options
27368 \begin_layout Standard
27369 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27375 \begin_layout Standard
27376 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27377 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27382 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27385 \begin_layout Description
27395 \begin_layout Description
27398 nomrefpage Like the
27405 \begin_layout Description
27408 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27417 \begin_layout Description
27421 \begin_inset space ~
27427 \begin_inset space ~
27432 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27435 \begin_layout Subsection
27436 Printing the Nomenclature
27440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27441 Nomenclature ! Printing
27449 \begin_layout Standard
27450 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27454 \begin_inset space ~
27458 \begin_inset space ~
27461 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27465 A light blue box labeled
27466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27477 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27478 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27481 \begin_layout Standard
27482 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27491 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27499 For example, in order to change the name to
27503 , add the following line to the preamble:
27506 \begin_layout Standard
27514 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27517 \begin_layout Standard
27518 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27525 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27526 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27529 \begin_layout Standard
27537 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27540 \begin_layout Standard
27543 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27544 \begin_inset space ~
27548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27550 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27555 The default value is 1
27556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27562 \begin_layout Section
27567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27578 Document ! Branches
27584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27586 name "sec:Branches"
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27594 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27595 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27596 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27597 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27601 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27602 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27603 To create a branch, go in the
27605 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27613 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27614 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27617 \begin_layout Standard
27618 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27619 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27621 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27624 where you can choose a branch.
27625 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27628 \begin_layout Standard
27629 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27630 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27633 \begin_layout Standard
27634 \begin_inset Branch Question
27637 \begin_layout Standard
27638 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27646 \begin_layout Standard
27647 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27650 \begin_layout Standard
27651 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27659 \begin_layout Standard
27660 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27666 \begin_layout Standard
27667 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27668 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27670 For example you can define for the question branch
27674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27675 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27676 \begin_inset space ~
27680 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27682 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27694 \begin_layout Standard
27704 \begin_layout Standard
27714 \begin_layout Standard
27715 and for the answer branch
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27738 \begin_layout Standard
27739 \begin_inset Branch Question
27742 \begin_layout Standard
27746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27774 \begin_layout Standard
27775 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27778 \begin_layout Standard
27782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27810 \begin_layout Standard
27811 Now it is possible to use the commands
27815 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27822 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27825 to obtain conditional output.
27826 Here is an example formula where only the
27833 \begin_inset Formula \[
27834 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27841 \begin_layout Standard
27842 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27843 \begin_inset space ~
27847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27849 reference "sec:math-macros"
27856 \begin_layout Section
27858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27860 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27877 \begin_layout Standard
27882 dialog provides under
27886 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27887 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27896 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27904 \begin_layout Standard
27909 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27910 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27911 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27913 You can specify in the dialog tab
27917 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27919 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27920 entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
27923 \begin_layout Standard
27928 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27929 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27930 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27932 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27933 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27935 \begin_inset space ~
27938 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27939 \begin_inset space ~
27942 1 will only display the sections.
27945 \begin_layout Standard
27946 The header informations in the dialog tab
27950 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27951 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27956 \begin_inset space ~
27959 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27960 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27963 Automatic fill header
27965 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27966 title and author settings.
27969 \begin_layout Standard
27972 Load in fullscreen mode
27974 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27977 \begin_layout Standard
27978 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27979 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27985 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27986 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27995 \begin_layout Section
27996 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27999 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28006 \begin_layout Subsection
28011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28018 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28020 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28027 \begin_layout Standard
28028 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28029 constructs, but not all.
28030 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28031 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
28032 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28033 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28034 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28038 \begin_layout Standard
28039 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28041 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
28043 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28045 \begin_inset space ~
28050 or by the toolbar button
28051 \begin_inset Graphics
28052 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28057 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28061 \begin_layout Standard
28062 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28063 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28064 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
28071 , you can write the command part
28077 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28081 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28082 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28083 the following example:
28086 \begin_layout Standard
28087 \begin_inset Graphics
28088 filename clipart/ERT.png
28096 \begin_layout Standard
28100 \begin_layout Standard
28101 This is a line with a
28105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28128 \begin_layout Standard
28129 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28137 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28138 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28146 \begin_layout Subsection
28147 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28148 \begin_inset OptArg
28151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28168 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28170 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28177 \begin_layout Standard
28178 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28179 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28180 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28189 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28190 every time if you know the right commands.
28192 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28193 the end of the day.
28194 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28195 all caption labels bold.
28196 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28198 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28202 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28203 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28204 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28206 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28215 \begin_layout Standard
28216 As result you know that the package
28224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28225 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28231 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28233 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28239 \begin_layout Standard
28244 usepackage[options]{package name}
28247 \begin_layout Standard
28248 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28249 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28250 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28253 \begin_layout Standard
28254 In your case the package name is
28259 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28264 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28265 So you add the command
28268 \begin_layout Standard
28273 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28276 \begin_layout Standard
28277 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28282 For more commands provided by the
28286 package, have a look at its documentation,
28287 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28301 \begin_layout Standard
28302 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28304 For example if you use a
28308 class, you don't need the package
28312 , you can instead write
28315 \begin_layout Standard
28320 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28325 \begin_layout Standard
28326 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28327 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28328 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28335 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28338 \begin_layout Standard
28339 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28340 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28342 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28343 the previous section.
28346 \begin_layout Standard
28347 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28349 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28351 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28359 \begin_layout Section
28360 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28373 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28390 \begin_layout Standard
28391 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28392 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28393 to break your train of thought with
28395 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28401 \begin_layout Standard
28402 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28403 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28412 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28417 as explained below, and turn on
28420 \begin_inset space ~
28427 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28433 \begin_inset space ~
28437 \begin_inset space ~
28440 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28446 \begin_layout Standard
28447 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28449 Previews of an already loaded document are
28453 generated just by selecting the
28456 \begin_inset space ~
28461 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28464 \begin_layout Standard
28465 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28466 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28469 \begin_inset space ~
28474 check box in the insert dialog.
28475 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28479 \begin_layout Standard
28480 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28484 (on some systems named simply
28489 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28491 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28497 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28498 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28506 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28510 \begin_layout Standard
28511 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28517 \begin_layout Standard
28518 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28522 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28524 \begin_inset space ~
28529 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28530 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28532 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28533 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28534 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28535 the source view window.
28538 \begin_layout Section
28540 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28542 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28559 \begin_layout Standard
28560 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28561 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28578 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28584 can be seen as successor of
28588 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28593 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28594 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28602 \begin_layout Standard
28603 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28604 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28611 \begin_layout Standard
28614 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28617 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28618 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28619 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28620 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28621 scrolled so that it is visible.
28626 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28628 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28632 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28633 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28636 \begin_layout Standard
28637 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28640 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28644 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28645 will bring an error message.
28646 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28647 specifying a different
28649 Alternative language
28651 in preferences dialog.
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28655 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28658 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28662 \begin_layout Standard
28663 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28664 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28666 But you can use the
28669 \begin_inset space ~
28673 \begin_inset space ~
28681 \begin_layout Standard
28682 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28683 This does work with
28687 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28690 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28694 \begin_layout Standard
28699 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28702 \begin_layout Description
28704 \begin_inset space ~
28707 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28708 should consider, e.g.
28709 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28710 This should not normally be needed.
28713 \begin_layout Description
28715 \begin_inset space ~
28718 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28719 as your personal dictionary
28722 \begin_layout Description
28724 \begin_inset space ~
28728 \begin_inset space ~
28731 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28743 \begin_layout Description
28745 \begin_inset space ~
28749 \begin_inset space ~
28752 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28754 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28761 also for the spellchecker.
28765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28766 The encodings are explained in section
28767 \begin_inset space ~
28771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28773 reference "sub:Settings"
28782 Only enable this if you use
28786 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28787 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28788 so this is disabled by default.
28791 \begin_layout Section
28796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28805 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28812 \begin_layout Standard
28813 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28816 \begin_layout Standard
28817 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28820 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28823 or the toolbar button
28824 \begin_inset Graphics
28825 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28826 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28827 rotateOrigin center
28832 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28836 \begin_layout Standard
28837 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28838 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28839 cases to find related words.
28842 \begin_layout Standard
28843 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28845 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28853 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28862 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28881 \begin_layout Section
28886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28897 Document ! Change Tracking
28903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28905 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28912 \begin_layout Standard
28913 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28914 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28915 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28916 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28918 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28920 \begin_inset space ~
28923 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28925 \begin_inset space ~
28933 \begin_layout Standard
28934 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28943 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28946 \begin_inset space ~
28950 \begin_inset space ~
28963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28973 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28986 \begin_layout Standard
28987 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28993 \begin_layout Standard
28994 \begin_inset Graphics
28995 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29002 \begin_layout Standard
29003 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29009 \begin_layout Standard
29010 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29014 \begin_layout Standard
29015 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29021 \begin_layout Standard
29022 \begin_inset Tabular
29023 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29024 <features islongtable="true">
29025 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29026 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29027 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29032 \begin_inset Graphics
29033 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29034 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29035 rotateOrigin center
29044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29050 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29052 \begin_inset space ~
29055 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29057 \begin_inset space ~
29066 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29071 \begin_inset Graphics
29072 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29073 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29074 rotateOrigin center
29083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29089 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29091 \begin_inset space ~
29094 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29096 \begin_inset space ~
29100 \begin_inset space ~
29104 \begin_inset space ~
29113 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29118 \begin_inset Graphics
29119 filename ../images/change-next.png
29120 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29121 rotateOrigin center
29130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29134 Jumps to the next change
29140 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29145 \begin_inset Graphics
29146 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29147 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29148 rotateOrigin center
29157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29163 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29165 \begin_inset space ~
29168 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29170 \begin_inset space ~
29179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29184 \begin_inset Graphics
29185 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29186 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29187 rotateOrigin center
29196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29202 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29204 \begin_inset space ~
29207 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29209 \begin_inset space ~
29218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29223 \begin_inset Graphics
29224 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29226 rotateOrigin center
29235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29243 \begin_inset space ~
29246 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29248 \begin_inset space ~
29257 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29262 \begin_inset Graphics
29263 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29264 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29265 rotateOrigin center
29274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29280 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29282 \begin_inset space ~
29285 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29287 \begin_inset space ~
29291 \begin_inset space ~
29300 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29305 \begin_inset Graphics
29306 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29307 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29308 rotateOrigin center
29317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29323 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29325 \begin_inset space ~
29328 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29330 \begin_inset space ~
29334 \begin_inset space ~
29343 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29348 \begin_inset Graphics
29349 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29350 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29351 rotateOrigin center
29360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29366 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29367 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29369 \begin_inset space ~
29378 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29383 \begin_inset Graphics
29384 filename ../images/note-next.png
29385 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29386 rotateOrigin center
29395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29401 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29403 \begin_inset space ~
29419 \begin_layout Standard
29420 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29426 \begin_layout Standard
29427 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29428 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29429 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29430 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29431 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29432 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29433 step to the next change.
29434 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29437 \begin_layout Standard
29438 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29439 to describe a change.
29442 \begin_layout Standard
29443 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29452 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29458 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29459 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29465 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29468 \begin_layout Section
29469 International Support
29473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29474 International support
29482 \begin_layout Standard
29483 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29484 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29485 how to set up LyX to use them:
29486 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29488 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29495 \begin_layout Standard
29496 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29497 \begin_inset space ~
29501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29503 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29510 \begin_layout Subsection
29515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29526 Document ! Settings
29535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29536 Document ! Language
29544 \begin_layout Standard
29547 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29550 dialog lets you set
29552 the language and character encoding for your language.
29556 \begin_layout Standard
29557 Choose your language in the
29561 section of this dialog.
29569 \begin_layout Standard
29574 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29578 use language's default encoding
29580 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29581 For details about the different encoding options see section
29582 \begin_inset space ~
29586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29588 reference "sub:Settings"
29595 \begin_layout Subsection
29596 Keyboard mapping configuration
29597 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29599 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29606 \begin_layout Standard
29607 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29608 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29609 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29610 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29611 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29613 \begin_inset space ~
29617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29619 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29624 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29625 which one you want to use.
29628 \begin_layout Standard
29629 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29630 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29631 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29632 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29633 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29634 one to support the characters you want.
29635 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29642 \begin_layout Subsection
29644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29653 \begin_layout Standard
29655 \begin_inset space ~
29659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29661 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29670 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29674 \begin_layout Standard
29675 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29676 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29684 \begin_layout Itemize
29685 Even if you have selected
29691 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29694 dialog, users who have only the
29698 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29702 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29703 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29704 french quotes won't show up.
29707 \begin_layout Standard
29708 \begin_inset Float table
29713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29714 \begin_inset Caption
29716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29717 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29719 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29737 \begin_inset Tabular
29738 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29740 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29741 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29742 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29743 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29745 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29746 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29747 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29748 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29749 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29750 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29751 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34169 \begin_layout Standard
34170 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34172 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34173 also the characters from
34185 \begin_layout Itemize
34194 \begin_layout Standard
34195 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34196 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34202 \begin_layout Standard
34203 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34204 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34210 \begin_layout Standard
34211 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34212 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34218 \begin_layout Standard
34219 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34220 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34226 \begin_layout Standard
34228 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34234 \begin_layout Standard
34236 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34242 \begin_layout Standard
34244 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34251 \begin_layout Itemize
34264 \begin_layout Standard
34266 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34272 \begin_layout Standard
34274 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34280 \begin_layout Standard
34282 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34288 \begin_layout Standard
34290 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34296 \begin_layout Standard
34298 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34304 \begin_layout Standard
34306 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34313 \begin_layout Standard
34314 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34315 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34316 Also make sure you're using the
34323 \begin_layout Chapter
34326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34328 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34335 \begin_layout Standard
34336 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34337 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34338 inside the user's guide.
34341 \begin_layout Section
34346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34355 \begin_layout Standard
34360 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34361 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34364 \begin_layout Subsection
34368 \begin_layout Standard
34369 Creates a new document.
34372 \begin_layout Subsection
34376 \begin_layout Standard
34377 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34378 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34379 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34382 \begin_layout Subsection
34386 \begin_layout Standard
34390 \begin_layout Subsection
34394 \begin_layout Standard
34395 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34396 Click there on a file to open it.
34399 \begin_layout Subsection
34403 \begin_layout Standard
34404 Closes the current document.
34407 \begin_layout Subsection
34411 \begin_layout Standard
34412 Saves the actual document.
34415 \begin_layout Subsection
34419 \begin_layout Standard
34420 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34423 \begin_layout Subsection
34427 \begin_layout Standard
34428 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34431 \begin_layout Subsection
34435 \begin_layout Standard
34436 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34437 It is described in the section
34439 Version Control in LyX
34444 \begin_inset space ~
34452 \begin_layout Subsection
34456 \begin_layout Standard
34457 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34458 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34459 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34462 \begin_layout Standard
34463 When using the menu
34466 \begin_inset space ~
34470 \begin_inset space ~
34475 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34476 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34477 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34478 will start a new paragraph.
34481 \begin_layout Subsection
34483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34492 \begin_layout Standard
34493 You can export your document to various file formats.
34494 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34495 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34496 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34499 \begin_layout Standard
34500 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34502 \begin_inset space ~
34506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34508 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34515 \begin_layout Description
34519 \begin_inset space ~
34524 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34525 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34528 \begin_layout Description
34536 \begin_layout Description
34537 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34541 \begin_layout Description
34543 \begin_inset space ~
34547 \begin_inset space ~
34550 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34554 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34562 \begin_layout Description
34569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34577 \begin_inset space ~
34582 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34583 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34587 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34590 \begin_layout Description
34597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34605 \begin_inset space ~
34610 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34611 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34619 \begin_layout Description
34621 \begin_inset space ~
34624 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34632 is replaced by the version number)
34635 \begin_layout Description
34636 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34649 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34653 \begin_layout Description
34658 PDF-format using the program
34663 \begin_layout Description
34667 \begin_inset space ~
34672 PDF-format using the program
34677 \begin_layout Description
34681 \begin_inset space ~
34686 PDF-format using the program
34691 \begin_layout Description
34695 \begin_inset space ~
34703 \begin_layout Description
34707 \begin_inset space ~
34711 \begin_inset space ~
34716 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34717 and then exported as text using the program
34722 \begin_layout Description
34727 PostScript format using the program
34732 \begin_layout Description
34740 \begin_layout Standard
34745 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34746 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34752 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34755 \begin_layout Standard
34756 If one of the menu entries
34763 \begin_inset space ~
34772 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34773 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34774 \begin_inset space ~
34778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34780 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34789 Reconfiguration of LyX
34797 \begin_layout Standard
34802 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34803 the export program.
34806 \begin_layout Subsection
34810 \begin_layout Standard
34811 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34812 or send it to a printer.
34813 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34814 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34820 For more informations have a look at section
34821 \begin_inset space ~
34825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34827 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34834 \begin_layout Subsection
34835 New and Close Window
34838 \begin_layout Standard
34839 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34840 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34843 \begin_layout Section
34848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34857 \begin_layout Subsection
34861 \begin_layout Standard
34862 Described in section
34863 \begin_inset space ~
34867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34869 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34876 \begin_layout Subsection
34877 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34880 \begin_layout Standard
34881 Described in section
34882 \begin_inset space ~
34886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34888 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34895 \begin_layout Subsection
34899 \begin_layout Standard
34900 Selects the whole document.
34903 \begin_layout Subsection
34907 \begin_layout Standard
34908 Described in section
34909 \begin_inset space ~
34913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34915 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34922 \begin_layout Subsection
34923 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34926 \begin_layout Standard
34927 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34931 \begin_layout Subsection
34935 \begin_layout Standard
34936 Described in section
34937 \begin_inset space ~
34941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34943 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34950 \begin_layout Subsection
34955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34956 Paragraph ! Settings
34964 \begin_layout Standard
34965 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34967 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34970 \begin_layout Standard
34971 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34972 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34975 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34981 \begin_inset space ~
34989 \begin_layout Subsection
34993 \begin_layout Standard
34994 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34995 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34996 The properties of tables are described in section
34997 \begin_inset space ~
35001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35003 reference "sec:Tables"
35007 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35008 \begin_inset space ~
35012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35014 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35021 \begin_layout Subsection
35022 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35025 \begin_layout Standard
35026 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
35028 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35029 \begin_inset space ~
35033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35035 reference "sec:Nesting"
35040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35042 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35049 \begin_layout Section
35054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35063 \begin_layout Standard
35068 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35069 document with an external program.
35070 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35071 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35072 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35073 \begin_inset space ~
35077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35079 reference "sub:Export"
35084 You should at least see the menu entries
35091 \begin_inset space ~
35097 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35098 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35099 \begin_inset space ~
35103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35105 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35114 Reconfiguration of LyX
35122 \begin_layout Standard
35123 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35124 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35125 \begin_inset space ~
35129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35131 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35136 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35139 \begin_layout Standard
35140 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35143 At the bottom of the
35147 menu the opened documents are listed.
35150 \begin_layout Subsection
35151 Open/Close all Insets
35154 \begin_layout Standard
35155 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35158 \begin_layout Subsection
35159 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35162 \begin_layout Standard
35163 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35166 \begin_layout Standard
35167 More about math macros will be described in the
35174 \begin_layout Subsection
35178 \begin_layout Standard
35179 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35181 \begin_inset space ~
35185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35187 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35194 \begin_layout Subsection
35198 \begin_layout Standard
35199 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35200 opening a new view window.
35203 \begin_layout Subsection
35207 \begin_layout Standard
35208 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35209 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35210 the same document, but at different positions.
35211 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35212 or more documents the same time.
35213 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35220 \begin_layout Subsection
35224 \begin_layout Standard
35225 Closes a split view.
35228 \begin_layout Subsection
35232 \begin_layout Standard
35233 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35234 that you will see nothing than your text.
35235 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35236 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35237 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35240 \begin_layout Subsection
35242 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35244 name "sub:Toolbars"
35252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35261 \begin_layout Standard
35262 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35263 All toolbars and the
35266 \begin_inset space ~
35271 can be turned on and off.
35276 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35288 \begin_inset space ~
35297 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35301 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35308 \begin_layout Standard
35313 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35317 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35318 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35319 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35320 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35321 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35324 \begin_layout Standard
35325 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35326 \begin_inset space ~
35330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35332 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35339 \begin_layout Section
35344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35353 \begin_layout Subsection
35357 \begin_layout Standard
35358 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35359 \begin_inset space ~
35363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35365 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35376 \begin_layout Subsection
35378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35380 name "sub:Special-Character"
35387 \begin_layout Standard
35388 Here you can insert the following characters:
35391 \begin_layout Description
35392 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35393 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35394 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35395 \begin_inset Newline newline
35399 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35407 Not all characters will be visible in the
35411 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35413 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35419 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35423 ) can display every character.
35431 \begin_layout Description
35432 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35436 \begin_layout Description
35438 \begin_inset space ~
35442 \begin_inset space ~
35445 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35446 \begin_inset space ~
35450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35452 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35459 \begin_layout Description
35461 \begin_inset space ~
35464 Quote Inserts this quote:
35465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35468 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35470 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35480 \begin_layout Description
35482 \begin_inset space ~
35485 Quote Inserts this quote:
35486 \begin_inset Quotes els
35492 \begin_layout Description
35494 \begin_inset space ~
35497 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35501 \begin_layout Description
35503 \begin_inset space ~
35506 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35510 \begin_layout Description
35512 \begin_inset space ~
35515 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35519 \begin_layout Description
35521 \begin_inset space ~
35528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35539 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35544 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35545 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35546 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35555 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35561 \begin_inset Newline newline
35564 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35568 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35576 and this Wiki-page:
35577 \begin_inset Newline newline
35581 \begin_inset Flex URL
35584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35586 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35594 \begin_layout Subsection
35598 \begin_layout Standard
35599 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35602 \begin_layout Description
35603 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35604 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35610 \begin_layout Description
35611 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35612 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35618 \begin_layout Description
35620 \begin_inset space ~
35623 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35624 \begin_inset space ~
35628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35630 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35637 \begin_layout Description
35639 \begin_inset space ~
35642 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35643 \begin_inset space ~
35647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35649 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35656 \begin_layout Description
35658 \begin_inset space ~
35661 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35662 \begin_inset space ~
35666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35668 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35675 \begin_layout Description
35677 \begin_inset space ~
35680 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35681 \begin_inset space ~
35685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35687 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35694 \begin_layout Description
35696 \begin_inset space ~
35699 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35700 \begin_inset space ~
35704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35706 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35713 \begin_layout Description
35715 \begin_inset space ~
35718 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35719 \begin_inset space ~
35723 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35725 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35732 \begin_layout Description
35734 \begin_inset space ~
35737 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35738 \begin_inset space ~
35742 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35744 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35751 \begin_layout Description
35753 \begin_inset space ~
35756 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35757 \begin_inset space ~
35761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35763 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35770 \begin_layout Description
35772 \begin_inset space ~
35776 \begin_inset space ~
35779 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35780 \begin_inset space ~
35784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35786 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35793 \begin_layout Description
35795 \begin_inset space ~
35798 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35799 text line to the page border, see section
35800 \begin_inset space ~
35804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35806 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35813 \begin_layout Description
35815 \begin_inset space ~
35818 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35819 \begin_inset space ~
35823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35825 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35832 \begin_layout Description
35834 \begin_inset space ~
35837 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35838 text page to the page border, described in section
35839 \begin_inset space ~
35843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35845 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35852 \begin_layout Description
35854 \begin_inset space ~
35857 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35858 \begin_inset space ~
35862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35864 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35871 \begin_layout Description
35873 \begin_inset space ~
35877 \begin_inset space ~
35880 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35881 \begin_inset space ~
35885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35887 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35894 \begin_layout Subsection
35898 \begin_layout Standard
35899 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35900 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35902 \begin_inset space ~
35906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35908 reference "sec:toc"
35913 The index list is described in section
35914 \begin_inset space ~
35918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35920 reference "sec:Index"
35924 , the nomenclature in section
35925 \begin_inset space ~
35929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35931 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35935 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35936 \begin_inset space ~
35940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35942 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35949 \begin_layout Subsection
35953 \begin_layout Standard
35954 To insert floats, described in section
35955 \begin_inset space ~
35959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35961 reference "sec:Floats"
35968 \begin_layout Subsection
35972 \begin_layout Standard
35973 To insert notes, described in section
35974 \begin_inset space ~
35978 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35980 reference "sec:Notes"
35987 \begin_layout Subsection
35991 \begin_layout Standard
35992 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35993 \begin_inset space ~
35997 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35999 reference "sec:Branches"
36006 \begin_layout Subsection
36011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36020 \begin_layout Standard
36021 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
36022 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
36033 \begin_layout Subsection
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36047 \begin_layout Standard
36048 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36049 \begin_inset space ~
36053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36055 reference "sec:Minipages"
36060 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
36071 \begin_layout Subsection
36075 \begin_layout Standard
36076 Inserts a citation as described in section
36077 \begin_inset space ~
36081 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36083 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36090 \begin_layout Subsection
36094 \begin_layout Standard
36095 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36096 \begin_inset space ~
36100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36102 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36109 \begin_layout Subsection
36113 \begin_layout Standard
36114 Inserts a label as described in section
36115 \begin_inset space ~
36119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36121 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36128 \begin_layout Subsection
36133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36144 Longtables ! Caption
36152 \begin_layout Standard
36153 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36154 Floats are described in section
36155 \begin_inset space ~
36159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36161 reference "sec:Floats"
36165 , captions in longtables are described in section
36176 \begin_layout Subsection
36180 \begin_layout Standard
36181 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36182 \begin_inset space ~
36186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36188 reference "sec:Index"
36195 \begin_layout Subsection
36199 \begin_layout Standard
36200 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36201 \begin_inset space ~
36205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36207 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36214 \begin_layout Subsection
36218 \begin_layout Standard
36220 Tables are described in section
36221 \begin_inset space ~
36225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36227 reference "sec:Tables"
36234 \begin_layout Subsection
36238 \begin_layout Standard
36240 Graphics are described in section
36241 \begin_inset space ~
36245 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36247 reference "sec:Graphics"
36254 \begin_layout Subsection
36258 \begin_layout Standard
36259 Inserts an URL as described in section
36260 \begin_inset space ~
36264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36266 reference "sub:URLs"
36273 \begin_layout Subsection
36277 \begin_layout Standard
36278 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36279 \begin_inset space ~
36283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36285 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36292 \begin_layout Subsection
36296 \begin_layout Standard
36297 Inserts a footnote, see section
36298 \begin_inset space ~
36302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36304 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36311 \begin_layout Subsection
36315 \begin_layout Standard
36316 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36317 \begin_inset space ~
36321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36323 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36330 \begin_layout Subsection
36334 \begin_layout Standard
36335 Inserts a short title, see section
36336 \begin_inset space ~
36340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36342 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36349 \begin_layout Subsection
36353 \begin_layout Standard
36354 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36355 \begin_inset space ~
36359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36361 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36368 \begin_layout Subsection
36373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36382 \begin_layout Standard
36383 Inserts a program listings box.
36384 Program listings are explained in chapter
36386 Program Code Listings
36395 \begin_layout Subsection
36399 \begin_layout Standard
36400 Inserts the actual date.
36401 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36403 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36413 There the different methods are also compared.
36416 \begin_layout Section
36421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36430 \begin_layout Standard
36431 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36432 \begin_inset space ~
36435 of the current document.
36436 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36439 \begin_layout Subsection
36443 \begin_layout Standard
36444 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36445 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36448 \begin_inset space ~
36452 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36453 \begin_inset space ~
36456 2.5 and use the menu
36459 \begin_inset space ~
36463 \begin_inset space ~
36470 \begin_inset space ~
36476 \begin_inset space ~
36480 \begin_inset space ~
36486 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36498 \begin_layout Standard
36499 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36500 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36503 \begin_layout Subsection
36504 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36507 \begin_layout Standard
36508 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36512 \begin_layout Subsection
36516 \begin_layout Standard
36517 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36518 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36519 on a cross-reference box.
36522 \begin_layout Section
36527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36536 \begin_layout Subsection
36540 \begin_layout Standard
36541 Change Tracking is described in section
36542 \begin_inset space ~
36546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36548 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36555 \begin_layout Subsection
36560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36570 \begin_layout Standard
36571 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36573 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36576 \begin_layout Standard
36577 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36582 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36585 \begin_layout Subsection
36589 \begin_layout Standard
36590 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36591 \begin_inset space ~
36595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36597 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36604 \begin_layout Subsection
36605 Start Appendix Here
36608 \begin_layout Standard
36609 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36610 position as described in section
36611 \begin_inset space ~
36615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36617 reference "sec:Appendices"
36624 \begin_layout Subsection
36628 \begin_layout Standard
36629 Un/compresses the actual document.
36632 \begin_layout Subsection
36634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36636 name "sub:Settings"
36644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36645 Document ! Settings
36653 \begin_layout Standard
36654 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36656 You can save your document settings as default with the
36658 Save as Document Defaults
36660 button in the dialog.
36661 This will create a template named
36665 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36669 \begin_layout Standard
36670 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36673 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36677 \begin_layout Standard
36678 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, a master
36679 document, and modules.
36680 Document classes are described in section
36681 \begin_inset space ~
36685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36687 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36691 , modules in section
36692 \begin_inset space ~
36696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36698 reference "sub:Modules"
36703 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36708 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36709 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36710 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is
36711 a child or subdocument.
36712 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
36723 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36727 \begin_layout Standard
36728 The document font settings are described in section
36729 \begin_inset space ~
36733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36735 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36742 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36746 \begin_layout Standard
36747 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36749 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36753 \begin_layout Standard
36754 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36755 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36756 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36759 \begin_layout Standard
36760 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36768 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36772 \begin_layout Standard
36773 A description of this menu is given in section
36774 \begin_inset space ~
36778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36780 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36787 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36794 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36798 \begin_layout Standard
36799 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36800 \begin_inset space ~
36804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36806 reference "sub:Margins"
36813 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36819 Language ! Encoding
36827 \begin_layout Standard
36828 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36829 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36830 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36831 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36832 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36833 known for a particular character).
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36838 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36839 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36844 manual for details.
36852 \begin_layout Standard
36853 If you use the option
36855 use language's default encoding
36857 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36859 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36860 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36861 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36862 exactly one encoding.
36863 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36872 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36873 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36875 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36876 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36890 \begin_layout Standard
36891 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36892 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36893 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36894 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36895 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36896 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
36899 use language's default encoding
36901 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36902 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
36903 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36906 \begin_layout Standard
36907 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36910 \begin_layout Description
36912 \begin_inset space ~
36917 use language's default encoding
36919 , but the LaTeX-package
36927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36928 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36934 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36935 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36936 languages in TeX code.
36939 \begin_layout Description
36940 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36943 \begin_layout Description
36944 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36945 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36948 \begin_layout Description
36949 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36952 \begin_layout Description
36953 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36956 \begin_layout Description
36957 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36960 \begin_layout Description
36961 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36964 \begin_layout Description
36965 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36968 \begin_layout Description
36969 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36970 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36973 \begin_layout Description
36974 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36975 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36978 \begin_layout Description
36979 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36982 \begin_layout Description
36983 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36986 \begin_layout Description
36987 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36990 \begin_layout Description
36991 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36994 \begin_layout Description
36995 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36996 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36997 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
37001 \begin_layout Description
37002 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
37003 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
37006 \begin_layout Description
37007 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
37011 \begin_layout Description
37012 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
37015 \begin_layout Description
37016 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
37017 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
37020 \begin_layout Description
37021 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
37022 the euro currency sign, the
37026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37035 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
37036 be the replacement for latin1
37039 \begin_layout Description
37040 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
37043 \begin_layout Description
37044 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
37052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37053 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37059 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
37063 \begin_layout Description
37064 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37073 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
37078 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
37081 \begin_layout Description
37082 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
37090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37091 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37096 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
37099 \begin_layout Description
37100 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
37104 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
37112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37113 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37114 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37128 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37132 \begin_layout Standard
37133 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
37135 \begin_inset space ~
37139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37141 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37148 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37152 \begin_layout Standard
37153 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
37161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37162 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
37175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37176 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
37182 For a further description see section
37183 \begin_inset space ~
37187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37189 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37196 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37200 \begin_layout Standard
37201 The PDF properties are explained in section
37202 \begin_inset space ~
37206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37208 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
37215 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37219 \begin_layout Standard
37220 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
37228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37229 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
37242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37243 LaTeX-packages ! esint
37248 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
37251 \begin_layout Standard
37256 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
37257 assure that you have enabled AMS.
37260 \begin_layout Standard
37265 is used for special integral characters.
37268 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37272 \begin_layout Standard
37273 The float placement options are described in section
37274 \begin_inset space ~
37278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37280 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
37287 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37291 \begin_layout Standard
37292 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
37293 The itemize environment is described in section
37294 \begin_inset space ~
37298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37300 reference "sec:Itemize"
37307 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37311 \begin_layout Standard
37312 Branches are described in section
37313 \begin_inset space ~
37317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37319 reference "sec:Branches"
37326 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37341 \begin_layout Standard
37342 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37343 to define LaTeX-commands.
37344 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37345 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37349 \begin_layout Standard
37350 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37351 \begin_inset space ~
37355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37357 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37364 \begin_layout Section
37369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37378 \begin_layout Subsection
37382 \begin_layout Standard
37383 Spell checking is explained in section
37384 \begin_inset space ~
37388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37390 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37397 \begin_layout Subsection
37401 \begin_layout Standard
37402 The thesaurus is described in section
37403 \begin_inset space ~
37407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37409 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37416 \begin_layout Subsection
37421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37430 \begin_layout Standard
37431 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
37435 \begin_layout Subsection
37440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37449 \begin_layout Standard
37450 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37453 \begin_layout Subsection
37458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37459 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37470 Reconfiguration of LyX
37474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37491 Reconfiguration of LyX
37499 \begin_layout Standard
37500 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37501 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37502 \begin_inset space ~
37506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37508 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37515 \begin_layout Subsection
37519 \begin_layout Standard
37520 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37527 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37534 \begin_layout Section
37539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37548 \begin_layout Standard
37549 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37553 \begin_layout Standard
37557 \begin_inset space ~
37562 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37563 found by LyX (see also section
37564 \begin_inset space ~
37568 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37570 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37577 \begin_layout Section
37579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37581 name "sec:Toolbars"
37588 \begin_layout Standard
37589 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37590 \begin_inset space ~
37594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37596 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37603 \begin_layout Standard
37604 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37605 This is described in the
37612 \begin_layout Subsection
37617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37626 \begin_layout Standard
37627 \begin_inset Graphics
37628 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37636 \begin_layout Standard
37637 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37643 \begin_layout Standard
37644 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37661 \begin_inset Note Note
37664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37665 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37670 manual for more information.
37678 \begin_layout Standard
37679 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37685 \begin_layout Standard
37686 \begin_inset Tabular
37687 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37688 <features islongtable="true">
37689 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37690 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37696 \begin_inset Graphics
37697 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37711 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37724 \begin_layout Standard
37725 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37731 \begin_layout Standard
37733 \begin_inset Tabular
37734 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37735 <features islongtable="true">
37736 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37737 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37738 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37745 \begin_inset Graphics
37746 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37747 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37762 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37769 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37774 \begin_inset Graphics
37775 filename ../images/file-open.png
37776 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37791 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37803 \begin_inset Graphics
37804 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37805 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37820 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37827 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37832 \begin_inset Graphics
37833 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37834 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37849 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37856 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37861 \begin_inset Graphics
37862 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37863 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37878 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37885 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37890 \begin_inset Graphics
37891 filename ../images/undo.png
37892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37907 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37914 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37919 \begin_inset Graphics
37920 filename ../images/redo.png
37921 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37936 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37943 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37948 \begin_inset Graphics
37949 filename ../images/cut.png
37950 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37965 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37972 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37977 \begin_inset Graphics
37978 filename ../images/copy.png
37979 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38001 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38006 \begin_inset Graphics
38007 filename ../images/paste.png
38008 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38023 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38030 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38035 \begin_inset Graphics
38036 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38037 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38038 rotateOrigin center
38047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38055 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38059 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38068 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38073 \begin_inset Graphics
38074 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38075 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38088 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38090 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38092 \begin_inset space ~
38103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38108 \begin_inset Graphics
38109 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38110 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38123 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38125 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38127 \begin_inset space ~
38138 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38143 \begin_inset Graphics
38144 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38145 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38158 Formats text using the current settings in the
38160 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38162 \begin_inset space ~
38173 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38178 \begin_inset Graphics
38179 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38180 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38195 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38196 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38198 \begin_inset space ~
38207 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38212 \begin_inset Graphics
38213 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38214 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38215 rotateOrigin center
38224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38230 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38237 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38242 \begin_inset Graphics
38243 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38244 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38245 rotateOrigin center
38254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38272 \begin_inset Graphics
38273 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38275 rotateOrigin center
38284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38288 Toggle outline window on/off,
38290 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38297 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38302 \begin_inset Graphics
38303 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38304 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38305 rotateOrigin center
38314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38318 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38324 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38329 \begin_inset Graphics
38330 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38331 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38332 rotateOrigin center
38341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38345 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38358 \begin_layout Subsection
38363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38372 \begin_layout Standard
38373 \begin_inset Graphics
38374 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38382 \begin_layout Standard
38383 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38389 \begin_layout Standard
38390 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38394 \begin_layout Standard
38395 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38401 \begin_layout Standard
38402 \begin_inset Tabular
38403 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38404 <features islongtable="true">
38405 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38406 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38412 \begin_inset Graphics
38413 filename ../images/layout.png
38414 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38415 rotateOrigin center
38424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38439 \begin_inset Graphics
38440 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38442 rotateOrigin center
38451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38461 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38466 \begin_inset Graphics
38467 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38468 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38469 rotateOrigin center
38478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38493 \begin_inset Graphics
38494 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38496 rotateOrigin center
38505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38515 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38520 \begin_inset Graphics
38521 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38522 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38523 rotateOrigin center
38532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38542 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38547 \begin_inset Graphics
38548 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38549 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38550 rotateOrigin center
38559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38565 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38567 \begin_inset space ~
38571 \begin_inset space ~
38580 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38585 \begin_inset Graphics
38586 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38587 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38588 rotateOrigin center
38597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38603 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38605 \begin_inset space ~
38609 \begin_inset space ~
38618 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38623 \begin_inset Graphics
38624 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38625 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38640 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38641 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38648 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38653 \begin_inset Graphics
38654 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38655 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38670 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38671 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38683 \begin_inset Graphics
38684 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38700 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38707 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38712 \begin_inset Graphics
38713 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38714 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38736 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38741 \begin_inset Graphics
38742 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38743 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38758 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38765 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38770 \begin_inset Graphics
38771 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38772 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38789 \begin_inset space ~
38798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38803 \begin_inset Graphics
38804 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38805 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38820 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38822 \begin_inset space ~
38831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38836 \begin_inset Graphics
38837 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38838 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38853 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38860 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38865 \begin_inset Graphics
38866 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38867 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38868 rotateOrigin center
38877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38883 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38885 \begin_inset space ~
38894 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38899 \begin_inset Graphics
38900 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38901 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38916 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38917 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38919 \begin_inset space ~
38928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38933 \begin_inset Graphics
38934 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38962 \begin_inset Graphics
38963 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38964 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38979 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38986 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38991 \begin_inset Graphics
38992 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38993 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39008 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39030 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39035 \begin_inset Graphics
39036 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39037 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39052 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39053 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39060 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39065 \begin_inset Graphics
39066 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39067 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39083 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39085 \begin_inset space ~
39094 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39099 \begin_inset Graphics
39100 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39101 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39102 rotateOrigin center
39111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39117 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39119 \begin_inset space ~
39128 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39133 \begin_inset Graphics
39134 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39136 rotateOrigin center
39145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39153 \begin_inset space ~
39162 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39167 \begin_inset Graphics
39168 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39169 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39170 rotateOrigin center
39179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39185 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39199 \begin_layout Subsection
39200 View / Update Toolbar
39204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39205 Toolbar ! View / Update
39213 \begin_layout Standard
39214 \begin_inset Graphics
39215 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39222 \begin_layout Standard
39223 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39229 \begin_layout Standard
39230 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39234 \begin_layout Standard
39235 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39241 \begin_layout Standard
39242 \begin_inset Tabular
39243 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39244 <features islongtable="true">
39245 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39246 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39252 \begin_inset Graphics
39253 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39255 rotateOrigin center
39264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39270 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39282 \begin_inset Graphics
39283 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39284 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39285 rotateOrigin center
39294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39300 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39301 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39308 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39313 \begin_inset Graphics
39314 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39315 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39316 rotateOrigin center
39325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39331 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39343 \begin_inset Graphics
39344 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39346 rotateOrigin center
39355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39361 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39362 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39368 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
39369 functionality is merged with
39371 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39386 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39391 \begin_inset Graphics
39392 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39393 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39394 rotateOrigin center
39403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39409 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39416 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39421 \begin_inset Graphics
39422 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39423 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39424 rotateOrigin center
39433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39439 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39440 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39454 \begin_layout Subsection
39458 \begin_layout Standard
39459 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39460 \begin_inset space ~
39464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39466 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39470 , the table toolbar
39474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39484 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
39491 \begin_layout Chapter
39497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39499 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39516 \begin_layout Standard
39517 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39519 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39522 \begin_layout Section
39526 \begin_layout Subsection
39528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39539 Customization ! of toolbars
39548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39549 Customization ! of menus
39557 \begin_layout Standard
39558 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39566 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39574 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39575 User Interface File
39579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39580 Customization ! of toolbars
39589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39590 Customization ! of menus
39598 \begin_layout Standard
39599 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39600 interface (ui) file.
39601 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39602 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39611 Both files are loaded by the
39616 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39617 files and edit the entries.
39620 \begin_layout Standard
39621 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39633 entries must be ended with an explicit
39658 and in the case of the
39659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39671 The syntax for the entries is:
39674 \begin_layout Standard
39675 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39703 \begin_layout Standard
39705 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39708 All LyX-functions are listed in
39709 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39718 \begin_layout Standard
39719 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39725 \begin_layout Standard
39726 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39728 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39731 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39735 \begin_layout Standard
39736 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39741 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39744 \begin_layout Standard
39746 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39749 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39752 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39766 \begin_layout Standard
39767 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39768 Several binding files are available:
39771 \begin_layout Description
39772 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39775 \begin_layout Description
39776 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39787 \begin_layout Description
39788 mac.bind set of bindings for
39791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39799 \begin_layout Standard
39800 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39804 , and bind files for special languages.
39805 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39815 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39819 \begin_layout Standard
39820 Some bind-files, like
39824 , have only a small scope.
39825 When looking at the the end of the file
39829 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39832 \begin_layout Standard
39833 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39834 s with a text editor.
39835 The syntax of the entries is:
39838 \begin_layout Standard
39844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39862 \begin_layout Standard
39863 All LyX-functions are listed in
39864 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39877 \begin_layout Standard
39881 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39885 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39888 restore window size, or use fixed size
39890 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39894 \begin_layout Standard
39898 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39902 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39905 restore window position
39907 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39910 \begin_layout Standard
39913 Restore cursor positions
39915 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39919 \begin_layout Standard
39922 Load opened files from last session
39924 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39927 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39929 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39931 name "sub:Backup documents"
39939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39948 \begin_layout Standard
39953 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39956 \begin_layout Standard
39961 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39964 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39966 \begin_inset space ~
39974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39978 \begin_layout Standard
39981 Cursor follows scrollbar
39983 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39991 \begin_layout Standard
39994 Enable Pixmap Cache
39996 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39997 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39998 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39999 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40001 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40002 \begin_inset space ~
40008 \begin_layout Subsection
40013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40022 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40029 \begin_layout Standard
40030 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40033 \begin_layout Standard
40034 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40042 This section only deals with the fonts
40047 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40050 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40051 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40062 \begin_layout Standard
40063 By default, LyX uses
40067 as roman (serif) font,
40075 (depends on the system) as
40078 \begin_inset space ~
40094 \begin_layout Standard
40095 You can change the font size with the
40102 \begin_layout Standard
40107 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40108 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40113 points have the size of 1
40114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40118 \begin_inset space ~
40122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40124 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40131 \begin_layout Standard
40136 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40137 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
40141 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40142 \begin_inset space ~
40146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40148 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40155 \begin_layout Subsection
40160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40179 \begin_layout Standard
40180 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40181 Choose an item in the list and use the
40188 \begin_layout Subsection
40193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40194 Settings ! Graphics
40202 \begin_layout Standard
40203 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40206 \begin_layout Standard
40211 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40212 This feature is described in section
40213 \begin_inset space ~
40217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40219 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40226 \begin_layout Subsection
40231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40242 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40250 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40257 \begin_layout Standard
40258 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40259 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40265 \begin_inset space ~
40268 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40269 can use the keyboard map file named
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40277 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40285 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40293 \begin_layout Section
40298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40309 Settings ! Directory
40317 \begin_layout Description
40319 \begin_inset space ~
40322 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40323 It is the default when you
40334 \begin_inset space ~
40342 \begin_layout Description
40344 \begin_inset space ~
40347 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40349 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40351 \begin_inset space ~
40355 \begin_inset space ~
40363 \begin_layout Description
40365 \begin_inset space ~
40372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40378 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40379 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40380 \begin_inset space ~
40384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40386 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40394 will be used to save the backups.
40395 \begin_inset Newline newline
40398 The backup files have the ending
40399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40409 \begin_layout Description
40414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40421 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40422 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40423 \begin_inset Newline newline
40427 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40435 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40443 \begin_layout Description
40445 \begin_inset space ~
40448 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40451 \begin_layout Description
40453 \begin_inset space ~
40456 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40457 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40458 to find it on the system.
40459 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40460 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40462 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40469 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40470 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40474 \begin_layout Section
40478 \begin_layout Standard
40479 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40480 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40482 \begin_inset space ~
40486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40488 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40492 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40495 \begin_layout Section
40500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40501 Language ! Settings
40510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40511 Settings ! Language
40519 \begin_layout Subsection
40523 \begin_layout Description
40525 \begin_inset space ~
40528 language is the language used in new documents
40531 \begin_layout Description
40533 \begin_inset space ~
40536 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40538 The default is the LaTeX-command
40544 that loads the package
40552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40553 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40554 \begin_inset space ~
40558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40560 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40570 \begin_inset Newline newline
40577 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40578 the document language.
40579 A text label is for instance the word
40580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40587 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40590 \begin_layout Description
40592 \begin_inset space ~
40595 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40596 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40597 An example is the start command
40603 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40608 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40623 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40628 \begin_layout Description
40630 \begin_inset space ~
40638 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40639 command toggles the package on and off.
40642 \begin_layout Description
40644 \begin_inset space ~
40654 \begin_layout Description
40655 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40656 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40657 used by all LaTeX-packages.
40658 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40665 \begin_layout Description
40667 \begin_inset space ~
40670 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40672 When this option is not set, the
40675 \begin_inset space ~
40680 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40681 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40684 \begin_inset space ~
40692 \begin_layout Description
40694 \begin_inset space ~
40700 \begin_inset space ~
40706 When it is not set, the
40709 \begin_inset space ~
40714 is set to the end of the document.
40717 \begin_layout Description
40719 \begin_inset space ~
40723 \begin_inset space ~
40726 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40727 language will be underlined blue.
40730 \begin_layout Description
40732 \begin_inset space ~
40736 \begin_inset space ~
40740 \begin_inset space ~
40744 \begin_inset space ~
40747 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40751 \begin_layout Subsection
40755 \begin_layout Standard
40756 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40757 \begin_inset space ~
40761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40763 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40770 \begin_layout Section
40774 \begin_layout Subsection
40776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40805 \begin_layout Description
40807 \begin_inset space ~
40810 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40811 The name will be used when the
40816 \begin_inset Newline newline
40820 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40828 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40837 \begin_layout Description
40839 \begin_inset space ~
40843 \begin_inset space ~
40847 \begin_inset space ~
40850 printer This option works only for the
40855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40867 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40868 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40871 \begin_layout Description
40873 \begin_inset space ~
40876 command is the command LyX
40877 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40881 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40884 LaTeX uses for printing.
40885 The default is on most systems
40892 \begin_layout Description
40894 \begin_inset space ~
40898 \begin_inset space ~
40901 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40902 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40903 of the program that provides the
40910 \begin_layout Subsection
40915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40926 Settings ! Date format
40934 \begin_layout Standard
40935 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40936 \begin_inset Newline newline
40940 \begin_inset Flex URL
40943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40945 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40951 \begin_inset Newline newline
40954 For example the format
40955 \begin_inset Newline newline
40959 \begin_inset Newline newline
40962 prints the date as day/month/year.
40965 \begin_layout Subsection
40969 \begin_layout Description
40971 \begin_inset space ~
40975 \begin_inset space ~
40978 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40981 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40982 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40984 \begin_inset space ~
40990 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40994 \begin_layout Description
40996 \begin_inset space ~
40999 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41004 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41005 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41008 \begin_layout Subsection
41013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41023 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41040 \begin_layout Description
41045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41053 \begin_inset space ~
41056 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41061 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41083 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41084 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41096 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41097 LyX sets up in the background.
41098 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41101 \begin_layout Description
41103 \begin_inset space ~
41107 \begin_inset space ~
41110 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41115 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41118 \begin_layout Description
41120 \begin_inset space ~
41124 \begin_inset space ~
41128 \begin_inset space ~
41132 \begin_inset space ~
41136 \begin_inset space ~
41140 \begin_inset space ~
41143 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41145 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41148 dialog when changing the document class.
41151 \begin_layout Standard
41154 External Applications
41156 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41157 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41158 manuals of the applications.
41159 Currently the following commands can be set:
41162 \begin_layout Description
41167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41175 \begin_inset space ~
41178 command Command for the program
41182 that is described in section
41193 \begin_layout Description
41198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41206 \begin_inset space ~
41209 command Command for the program
41213 that generates the bibliography, see section
41214 \begin_inset space ~
41218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41220 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41227 \begin_layout Description
41229 \begin_inset space ~
41232 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41233 \begin_inset space ~
41237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41239 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41246 \begin_layout Description
41248 \begin_inset space ~
41252 \begin_inset space ~
41256 \begin_inset space ~
41260 \begin_inset space ~
41263 options They only have an effect when the program
41267 is used as DVI-viewer.
41270 \begin_layout Subsection
41275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41294 \begin_layout Standard
41299 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41302 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41304 uses the Windows path style:
41307 \begin_layout Standard
41315 \begin_layout Standard
41316 instead of the Unix path style:
41319 \begin_layout Standard
41323 \begin_layout Section
41328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41337 \begin_layout Standard
41338 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41339 from one format to another.
41340 You can modify them or create new ones.
41341 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41348 \begin_inset space ~
41358 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41362 \begin_inset space ~
41367 drop-down list, modify the
41371 field, and press the
41378 \begin_layout Standard
41381 Converter File Cache
41383 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41386 Maximum Age (in days
41389 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41390 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41393 \begin_layout Standard
41394 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41395 the converter definition, is described in section
41406 \begin_layout Section
41411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41418 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41420 name "sec:File-Formats"
41427 \begin_layout Standard
41428 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41429 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41431 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
41439 \begin_inset space ~
41451 \begin_layout Standard
41452 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41453 is described in section
41464 \begin_layout Section
41469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41478 \begin_layout Standard
41479 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41480 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41481 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41482 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41483 This is done by a Copier.
41486 \begin_layout Standard
41487 More about converters is described in section
41498 \begin_layout Chapter
41499 Units available in LyX
41503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41510 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41512 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41519 \begin_layout Standard
41520 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41523 reference "cap:Units"
41527 explains all units available in LyX.
41530 \begin_layout Standard
41531 \begin_inset Float table
41537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41538 \begin_inset Caption
41540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41556 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41564 \begin_inset Tabular
41565 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41567 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41568 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41692 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41719 scaled point (65536
41720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41724 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41780 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41784 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41808 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41812 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41835 % of original image width
41842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42049 \begin_layout Chapter
42051 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42060 \begin_layout Standard
42061 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42062 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42065 \begin_layout Itemize
42068 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42071 \begin_layout Itemize
42077 \begin_layout Itemize
42083 \begin_layout Itemize
42089 \begin_layout Itemize
42095 \begin_layout Itemize
42101 \begin_layout Itemize
42107 \begin_layout Itemize
42113 \begin_layout Itemize
42116 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42119 \begin_layout Itemize
42125 \begin_layout Itemize
42131 \begin_layout Itemize
42137 \begin_layout Itemize
42143 \begin_layout Itemize
42149 \begin_layout Itemize
42155 \begin_layout Itemize
42161 \begin_layout Itemize
42167 \begin_layout Itemize
42169 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42178 \begin_layout Standard
42179 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42182 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42189 \begin_layout Bibliography
42190 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42191 LatexCommand bibitem
42198 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42201 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42206 \begin_inset Newline newline
42210 \begin_inset Flex URL
42213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42215 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42223 \begin_layout Bibliography
42224 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42225 LatexCommand bibitem
42226 key "latexcompanion"
42230 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42232 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42235 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42238 \begin_layout Bibliography
42239 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42240 LatexCommand bibitem
42245 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42248 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42251 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42254 \begin_layout Bibliography
42255 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42256 LatexCommand bibitem
42263 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42266 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42269 \begin_layout Bibliography
42270 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42271 LatexCommand bibitem
42283 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42286 \begin_layout Bibliography
42287 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42288 LatexCommand bibitem
42294 \begin_inset Newline newline
42298 \begin_inset Flex URL
42301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42303 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42311 \begin_layout Bibliography
42312 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42313 LatexCommand bibitem
42319 \begin_inset Newline newline
42323 \begin_inset Flex URL
42326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42328 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42336 \begin_layout Bibliography
42337 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42338 LatexCommand bibitem
42344 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42346 name "Documentation"
42347 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42356 \begin_inset Newline newline
42360 \begin_inset Flex URL
42363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42365 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42373 \begin_layout Bibliography
42374 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42375 LatexCommand bibitem
42381 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42383 name "Documentation"
42384 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42393 \begin_inset Newline newline
42397 \begin_inset Flex URL
42400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42402 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42410 \begin_layout Bibliography
42411 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42412 LatexCommand bibitem
42418 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42420 name "Documentation"
42421 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42425 of the LaTeX-package
42433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42434 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42440 \begin_inset Newline newline
42444 \begin_inset Flex URL
42447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42449 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42457 \begin_layout Bibliography
42458 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42459 LatexCommand bibitem
42465 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42467 name "Documentation"
42468 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42472 of the LaTeX-package
42480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42481 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42487 \begin_inset Newline newline
42491 \begin_inset Flex URL
42494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42496 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42504 \begin_layout Bibliography
42505 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42506 LatexCommand bibitem
42514 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42516 name "Documentation"
42517 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42523 of the LaTeX-package
42531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42532 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42538 \begin_inset Newline newline
42542 \begin_inset Flex URL
42545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42547 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42555 \begin_layout Bibliography
42556 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42557 LatexCommand bibitem
42563 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42565 name "Documentation"
42566 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42570 of the LaTeX-package
42578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42579 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42585 \begin_inset Newline newline
42589 \begin_inset Flex URL
42592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42594 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42602 \begin_layout Bibliography
42603 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42604 LatexCommand bibitem
42610 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42612 name "Documentation"
42613 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42617 of the LaTeX-package
42625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42626 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42632 \begin_inset Newline newline
42636 \begin_inset Flex URL
42639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42641 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42649 \begin_layout Bibliography
42650 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42651 LatexCommand bibitem
42657 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42659 name "Documentation"
42660 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42664 of the LaTeX-package
42672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42673 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42679 \begin_inset Newline newline
42683 \begin_inset Flex URL
42686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42688 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42696 \begin_layout Bibliography
42697 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42698 LatexCommand bibitem
42704 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42707 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42711 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42712 \begin_inset Newline newline
42716 \begin_inset Flex URL
42719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42721 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42729 \begin_layout Bibliography
42730 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42731 LatexCommand bibitem
42737 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42740 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42744 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42745 \begin_inset Newline newline
42749 \begin_inset Flex URL
42752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42754 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42762 \begin_layout Bibliography
42763 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42764 LatexCommand bibitem
42770 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42773 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42777 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42778 \begin_inset Newline newline
42782 \begin_inset Flex URL
42785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42787 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42795 \begin_layout Bibliography
42796 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42797 LatexCommand bibitem
42803 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42806 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42810 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42811 \begin_inset Newline newline
42815 \begin_inset Flex URL
42818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42820 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42828 \begin_layout Bibliography
42829 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42830 LatexCommand bibitem
42836 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42839 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42843 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42844 \begin_inset Newline newline
42848 \begin_inset Flex URL
42851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42853 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42861 \begin_layout Bibliography
42862 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42863 LatexCommand bibitem
42869 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42872 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42876 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42877 \begin_inset Newline newline
42881 \begin_inset Flex URL
42884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42886 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42894 \begin_layout Bibliography
42895 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42896 LatexCommand bibitem
42902 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42905 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42909 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42910 \begin_inset Newline newline
42914 \begin_inset Flex URL
42917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42919 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42927 \begin_layout Bibliography
42928 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42929 LatexCommand bibitem
42935 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42938 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42942 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42943 \begin_inset Newline newline
42947 \begin_inset Flex URL
42950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42952 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42960 \begin_layout Bibliography
42961 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42962 LatexCommand bibitem
42968 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42971 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42975 about new features in
42980 \begin_inset Newline newline
42984 \begin_inset Flex URL
42987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42989 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42997 \begin_layout Standard
42998 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43032 \begin_inset Note Note
43035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43042 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43043 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43044 bibliography is the second one:
43052 \begin_layout Standard
43053 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43054 LatexCommand bibtex
43055 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43056 options "biblio/alphadin"
43063 \begin_layout Standard
43064 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43067 \begin_layout Standard
43070 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43071 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43076 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43077 LatexCommand printindex